Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
252b5132 | 1 | /* ELF executable support for BFD. |
7898deda NC |
2 | Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 |
3 | Free Software Foundation, Inc. | |
252b5132 RH |
4 | |
5 | This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. | |
6 | ||
7 | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
8 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
9 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or | |
10 | (at your option) any later version. | |
11 | ||
12 | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
13 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
14 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
15 | GNU General Public License for more details. | |
16 | ||
17 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
18 | along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | |
19 | Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ | |
20 | ||
21 | /* | |
22 | ||
23 | SECTION | |
24 | ELF backends | |
25 | ||
26 | BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on. | |
27 | Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386 | |
28 | (running svr4 or Solaris 2). | |
29 | ||
30 | Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs | |
31 | to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we | |
32 | haven't bothered yet. | |
33 | */ | |
34 | ||
7ee38065 MS |
35 | /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */ |
36 | #define _SYSCALL32 | |
252b5132 RH |
37 | #include "bfd.h" |
38 | #include "sysdep.h" | |
39 | #include "bfdlink.h" | |
40 | #include "libbfd.h" | |
41 | #define ARCH_SIZE 0 | |
42 | #include "elf-bfd.h" | |
43 | ||
44 | static INLINE struct elf_segment_map *make_mapping | |
45 | PARAMS ((bfd *, asection **, unsigned int, unsigned int, boolean)); | |
46 | static boolean map_sections_to_segments PARAMS ((bfd *)); | |
47 | static int elf_sort_sections PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR)); | |
48 | static boolean assign_file_positions_for_segments PARAMS ((bfd *)); | |
49 | static boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs PARAMS ((bfd *)); | |
50 | static boolean prep_headers PARAMS ((bfd *)); | |
51 | static boolean swap_out_syms PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int)); | |
52 | static boolean copy_private_bfd_data PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *)); | |
dc810e39 | 53 | static char *elf_read PARAMS ((bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type)); |
dbb410c3 | 54 | static boolean setup_group PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Shdr *, asection *)); |
252b5132 | 55 | static void elf_fake_sections PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR)); |
dbb410c3 | 56 | static void set_group_contents PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR)); |
252b5132 RH |
57 | static boolean assign_section_numbers PARAMS ((bfd *)); |
58 | static INLINE int sym_is_global PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *)); | |
59 | static boolean elf_map_symbols PARAMS ((bfd *)); | |
60 | static bfd_size_type get_program_header_size PARAMS ((bfd *)); | |
dc810e39 | 61 | static boolean elfcore_read_notes PARAMS ((bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type)); |
a7b97311 AM |
62 | static boolean elf_find_function PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, |
63 | bfd_vma, const char **, | |
64 | const char **)); | |
65 | static int elfcore_make_pid PARAMS ((bfd *)); | |
66 | static boolean elfcore_maybe_make_sect PARAMS ((bfd *, char *, asection *)); | |
67 | static boolean elfcore_make_note_pseudosection PARAMS ((bfd *, char *, | |
68 | Elf_Internal_Note *)); | |
69 | static boolean elfcore_grok_prfpreg PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *)); | |
70 | static boolean elfcore_grok_prxfpreg PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *)); | |
71 | static boolean elfcore_grok_note PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *)); | |
252b5132 RH |
72 | |
73 | /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is | |
74 | currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will | |
75 | need to move into elfcode.h. */ | |
76 | ||
77 | /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */ | |
78 | ||
79 | void | |
80 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, src, dst) | |
81 | bfd *abfd; | |
82 | const Elf_External_Verdef *src; | |
83 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst; | |
84 | { | |
dc810e39 AM |
85 | dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version); |
86 | dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags); | |
87 | dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx); | |
88 | dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt); | |
89 | dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash); | |
90 | dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux); | |
91 | dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next); | |
252b5132 RH |
92 | } |
93 | ||
94 | /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */ | |
95 | ||
96 | void | |
97 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (abfd, src, dst) | |
98 | bfd *abfd; | |
99 | const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src; | |
100 | Elf_External_Verdef *dst; | |
101 | { | |
dc810e39 AM |
102 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version); |
103 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags); | |
104 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx); | |
105 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt); | |
106 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash); | |
107 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux); | |
108 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next); | |
252b5132 RH |
109 | } |
110 | ||
111 | /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */ | |
112 | ||
113 | void | |
114 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, src, dst) | |
115 | bfd *abfd; | |
116 | const Elf_External_Verdaux *src; | |
117 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst; | |
118 | { | |
dc810e39 AM |
119 | dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name); |
120 | dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next); | |
252b5132 RH |
121 | } |
122 | ||
123 | /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */ | |
124 | ||
125 | void | |
126 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (abfd, src, dst) | |
127 | bfd *abfd; | |
128 | const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src; | |
129 | Elf_External_Verdaux *dst; | |
130 | { | |
dc810e39 AM |
131 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name); |
132 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next); | |
252b5132 RH |
133 | } |
134 | ||
135 | /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */ | |
136 | ||
137 | void | |
138 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, src, dst) | |
139 | bfd *abfd; | |
140 | const Elf_External_Verneed *src; | |
141 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst; | |
142 | { | |
dc810e39 AM |
143 | dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version); |
144 | dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt); | |
145 | dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file); | |
146 | dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux); | |
147 | dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next); | |
252b5132 RH |
148 | } |
149 | ||
150 | /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */ | |
151 | ||
152 | void | |
153 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (abfd, src, dst) | |
154 | bfd *abfd; | |
155 | const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src; | |
156 | Elf_External_Verneed *dst; | |
157 | { | |
dc810e39 AM |
158 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version); |
159 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt); | |
160 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file); | |
161 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux); | |
162 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next); | |
252b5132 RH |
163 | } |
164 | ||
165 | /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */ | |
166 | ||
167 | void | |
168 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, src, dst) | |
169 | bfd *abfd; | |
170 | const Elf_External_Vernaux *src; | |
171 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst; | |
172 | { | |
dc810e39 AM |
173 | dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash); |
174 | dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags); | |
175 | dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other); | |
176 | dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name); | |
177 | dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next); | |
252b5132 RH |
178 | } |
179 | ||
180 | /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */ | |
181 | ||
182 | void | |
183 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (abfd, src, dst) | |
184 | bfd *abfd; | |
185 | const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src; | |
186 | Elf_External_Vernaux *dst; | |
187 | { | |
dc810e39 AM |
188 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash); |
189 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags); | |
190 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other); | |
191 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name); | |
192 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next); | |
252b5132 RH |
193 | } |
194 | ||
195 | /* Swap in a Versym structure. */ | |
196 | ||
197 | void | |
198 | _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (abfd, src, dst) | |
199 | bfd *abfd; | |
200 | const Elf_External_Versym *src; | |
201 | Elf_Internal_Versym *dst; | |
202 | { | |
dc810e39 | 203 | dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers); |
252b5132 RH |
204 | } |
205 | ||
206 | /* Swap out a Versym structure. */ | |
207 | ||
208 | void | |
209 | _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (abfd, src, dst) | |
210 | bfd *abfd; | |
211 | const Elf_Internal_Versym *src; | |
212 | Elf_External_Versym *dst; | |
213 | { | |
dc810e39 | 214 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers); |
252b5132 RH |
215 | } |
216 | ||
217 | /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will | |
218 | cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */ | |
3a99b017 | 219 | |
252b5132 | 220 | unsigned long |
3a99b017 ILT |
221 | bfd_elf_hash (namearg) |
222 | const char *namearg; | |
252b5132 | 223 | { |
3a99b017 | 224 | const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg; |
252b5132 RH |
225 | unsigned long h = 0; |
226 | unsigned long g; | |
227 | int ch; | |
228 | ||
229 | while ((ch = *name++) != '\0') | |
230 | { | |
231 | h = (h << 4) + ch; | |
232 | if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0) | |
233 | { | |
234 | h ^= g >> 24; | |
235 | /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in | |
236 | this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */ | |
237 | h ^= g; | |
238 | } | |
239 | } | |
240 | return h; | |
241 | } | |
242 | ||
243 | /* Read a specified number of bytes at a specified offset in an ELF | |
244 | file, into a newly allocated buffer, and return a pointer to the | |
c044fabd | 245 | buffer. */ |
252b5132 RH |
246 | |
247 | static char * | |
248 | elf_read (abfd, offset, size) | |
c044fabd | 249 | bfd *abfd; |
dc810e39 AM |
250 | file_ptr offset; |
251 | bfd_size_type size; | |
252b5132 RH |
252 | { |
253 | char *buf; | |
254 | ||
255 | if ((buf = bfd_alloc (abfd, size)) == NULL) | |
256 | return NULL; | |
dc810e39 | 257 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0) |
252b5132 | 258 | return NULL; |
dc810e39 | 259 | if (bfd_bread ((PTR) buf, size, abfd) != size) |
252b5132 RH |
260 | { |
261 | if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call) | |
262 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated); | |
263 | return NULL; | |
264 | } | |
265 | return buf; | |
266 | } | |
267 | ||
268 | boolean | |
269 | bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd) | |
c044fabd | 270 | bfd *abfd; |
252b5132 | 271 | { |
c044fabd KH |
272 | /* This just does initialization. */ |
273 | /* coff_mkobject zalloc's space for tdata.coff_obj_data ... */ | |
dc810e39 AM |
274 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata); |
275 | elf_tdata (abfd) = (struct elf_obj_tdata *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
252b5132 RH |
276 | if (elf_tdata (abfd) == 0) |
277 | return false; | |
c044fabd KH |
278 | /* Since everything is done at close time, do we need any |
279 | initialization? */ | |
252b5132 RH |
280 | |
281 | return true; | |
282 | } | |
283 | ||
284 | boolean | |
285 | bfd_elf_mkcorefile (abfd) | |
c044fabd | 286 | bfd *abfd; |
252b5132 | 287 | { |
c044fabd | 288 | /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */ |
252b5132 RH |
289 | return bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd); |
290 | } | |
291 | ||
292 | char * | |
293 | bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) | |
c044fabd | 294 | bfd *abfd; |
252b5132 RH |
295 | unsigned int shindex; |
296 | { | |
297 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; | |
298 | char *shstrtab = NULL; | |
dc810e39 AM |
299 | file_ptr offset; |
300 | bfd_size_type shstrtabsize; | |
252b5132 RH |
301 | |
302 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); | |
303 | if (i_shdrp == 0 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0) | |
304 | return 0; | |
305 | ||
306 | shstrtab = (char *) i_shdrp[shindex]->contents; | |
307 | if (shstrtab == NULL) | |
308 | { | |
c044fabd | 309 | /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */ |
252b5132 RH |
310 | offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset; |
311 | shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size; | |
312 | shstrtab = elf_read (abfd, offset, shstrtabsize); | |
313 | i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = (PTR) shstrtab; | |
314 | } | |
315 | return shstrtab; | |
316 | } | |
317 | ||
318 | char * | |
319 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, strindex) | |
c044fabd | 320 | bfd *abfd; |
252b5132 RH |
321 | unsigned int shindex; |
322 | unsigned int strindex; | |
323 | { | |
324 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; | |
325 | ||
326 | if (strindex == 0) | |
327 | return ""; | |
328 | ||
329 | hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex]; | |
330 | ||
331 | if (hdr->contents == NULL | |
332 | && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL) | |
333 | return NULL; | |
334 | ||
335 | if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size) | |
336 | { | |
337 | (*_bfd_error_handler) | |
338 | (_("%s: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"), | |
8f615d07 | 339 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd), strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size, |
252b5132 RH |
340 | ((shindex == elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx |
341 | && strindex == hdr->sh_name) | |
342 | ? ".shstrtab" | |
343 | : elf_string_from_elf_strtab (abfd, hdr->sh_name))); | |
344 | return ""; | |
345 | } | |
346 | ||
347 | return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex; | |
348 | } | |
349 | ||
dbb410c3 AM |
350 | /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP |
351 | sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section | |
352 | pointers. */ | |
353 | ||
354 | typedef union elf_internal_group { | |
355 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr; | |
356 | unsigned int flags; | |
357 | } Elf_Internal_Group; | |
358 | ||
359 | /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */ | |
360 | ||
361 | static boolean | |
362 | setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect) | |
363 | bfd *abfd; | |
364 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; | |
365 | asection *newsect; | |
366 | { | |
367 | unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group; | |
368 | ||
369 | /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count | |
370 | is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */ | |
371 | if (num_group == 0) | |
372 | { | |
373 | unsigned int i, shnum; | |
374 | ||
375 | /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP | |
376 | section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */ | |
377 | shnum = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum; | |
378 | num_group = 0; | |
379 | for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++) | |
380 | { | |
381 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; | |
382 | if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP && shdr->sh_size >= 8) | |
383 | num_group += 1; | |
384 | } | |
385 | ||
386 | if (num_group == 0) | |
387 | num_group = -1; | |
388 | elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group; | |
389 | ||
390 | if (num_group > 0) | |
391 | { | |
392 | /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections, | |
393 | so we can find them quickly. */ | |
394 | bfd_size_type amt = num_group * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *); | |
395 | elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); | |
396 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL) | |
397 | return false; | |
398 | ||
399 | num_group = 0; | |
400 | for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++) | |
401 | { | |
402 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; | |
403 | if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP && shdr->sh_size >= 8) | |
404 | { | |
405 | char *src; | |
406 | Elf_Internal_Group *dest; | |
407 | ||
408 | /* Add to list of sections. */ | |
409 | elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr; | |
410 | num_group += 1; | |
411 | ||
412 | /* Read the raw contents. */ | |
413 | BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4); | |
414 | amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4; | |
415 | shdr->contents = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); | |
416 | if (shdr->contents == NULL | |
417 | || bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 | |
418 | || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd) | |
419 | != shdr->sh_size)) | |
420 | return false; | |
421 | ||
422 | /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an | |
423 | array of elf section indices all in target byte order, | |
424 | to the flag word followed by an array of elf section | |
425 | pointers. */ | |
426 | src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size; | |
427 | dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt); | |
428 | while (1) | |
429 | { | |
430 | unsigned int idx; | |
431 | ||
432 | src -= 4; | |
433 | --dest; | |
434 | idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src); | |
435 | if (src == shdr->contents) | |
436 | { | |
437 | dest->flags = idx; | |
438 | break; | |
439 | } | |
440 | if (idx >= shnum) | |
441 | { | |
442 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) | |
443 | (_("%s: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), | |
444 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd))); | |
445 | idx = 0; | |
446 | } | |
447 | dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx]; | |
448 | } | |
449 | } | |
450 | } | |
451 | } | |
452 | } | |
453 | ||
454 | if (num_group != (unsigned) -1) | |
455 | { | |
456 | unsigned int i; | |
457 | ||
458 | for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++) | |
459 | { | |
460 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i]; | |
461 | Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; | |
462 | unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; | |
463 | ||
464 | /* Look through this group's sections to see if current | |
465 | section is a member. */ | |
466 | while (--n_elt != 0) | |
467 | if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr) | |
468 | { | |
469 | asection *s; | |
470 | ||
471 | /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through | |
472 | other members to see if any others are linked via | |
473 | next_in_group. */ | |
474 | idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; | |
475 | n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; | |
476 | while (--n_elt != 0) | |
477 | if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL | |
478 | && elf_section_data (s)->next_in_group != NULL) | |
479 | break; | |
480 | if (n_elt != 0) | |
481 | { | |
482 | const char *gname; | |
483 | asection *next; | |
484 | ||
485 | /* Snarf the group name from other member, and | |
486 | insert current section in circular list. */ | |
487 | gname = elf_section_data (s)->group; | |
488 | elf_section_data (newsect)->group = gname; | |
489 | next = elf_section_data (s)->next_in_group; | |
490 | elf_section_data (newsect)->next_in_group = next; | |
491 | elf_section_data (s)->next_in_group = newsect; | |
492 | } | |
493 | else | |
494 | { | |
495 | struct elf_backend_data *bed; | |
496 | file_ptr pos; | |
497 | unsigned char ename[4]; | |
498 | unsigned long iname; | |
499 | const char *gname; | |
500 | ||
501 | /* Humbug. Get the name from the group signature | |
502 | symbol. Why isn't the signature just a string? | |
503 | Fortunately, the name index is at the same | |
504 | place in the external symbol for both 32 and 64 | |
505 | bit ELF. */ | |
506 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
507 | pos = elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_offset; | |
508 | pos += shdr->sh_info * bed->s->sizeof_sym; | |
509 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0 | |
510 | || bfd_bread (ename, 4, abfd) != 4) | |
511 | return false; | |
512 | iname = H_GET_32 (abfd, ename); | |
513 | gname = elf_string_from_elf_strtab (abfd, iname); | |
514 | elf_section_data (newsect)->group = gname; | |
515 | ||
516 | /* Start a circular list with one element. */ | |
517 | elf_section_data (newsect)->next_in_group = newsect; | |
518 | } | |
519 | if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL) | |
520 | shdr->bfd_section->lineno = (alent *) newsect; | |
521 | i = num_group - 1; | |
522 | break; | |
523 | } | |
524 | } | |
525 | } | |
526 | ||
527 | if (elf_section_data (newsect)->group == NULL) | |
528 | { | |
529 | (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%s: no group info for section %s"), | |
530 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd), newsect->name); | |
531 | } | |
532 | return true; | |
533 | } | |
534 | ||
252b5132 RH |
535 | /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the |
536 | BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */ | |
537 | ||
538 | boolean | |
539 | _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name) | |
540 | bfd *abfd; | |
541 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; | |
542 | const char *name; | |
543 | { | |
544 | asection *newsect; | |
545 | flagword flags; | |
fa152c49 | 546 | struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
252b5132 RH |
547 | |
548 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL) | |
549 | { | |
550 | BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name, | |
551 | bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section)) == 0); | |
552 | return true; | |
553 | } | |
554 | ||
555 | newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name); | |
556 | if (newsect == NULL) | |
557 | return false; | |
558 | ||
559 | newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset; | |
560 | ||
561 | if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr) | |
562 | || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size) | |
563 | || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect, | |
dc810e39 | 564 | bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma) hdr->sh_addralign))) |
252b5132 RH |
565 | return false; |
566 | ||
567 | flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS; | |
568 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) | |
569 | flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; | |
dbb410c3 AM |
570 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP) |
571 | flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE; | |
252b5132 RH |
572 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) |
573 | { | |
574 | flags |= SEC_ALLOC; | |
575 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) | |
576 | flags |= SEC_LOAD; | |
577 | } | |
578 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0) | |
579 | flags |= SEC_READONLY; | |
580 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0) | |
581 | flags |= SEC_CODE; | |
582 | else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) | |
583 | flags |= SEC_DATA; | |
f5fa8ca2 JJ |
584 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0) |
585 | { | |
586 | flags |= SEC_MERGE; | |
587 | newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize; | |
588 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0) | |
589 | flags |= SEC_STRINGS; | |
590 | } | |
dbb410c3 AM |
591 | if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP) |
592 | if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect)) | |
593 | return false; | |
252b5132 RH |
594 | |
595 | /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name, not | |
596 | any sort of flag. */ | |
7a6cc5fb | 597 | { |
dbf48117 | 598 | static const char *debug_sec_names [] = |
7a6cc5fb NC |
599 | { |
600 | ".debug", | |
601 | ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", | |
602 | ".line", | |
603 | ".stab" | |
604 | }; | |
605 | int i; | |
606 | ||
607 | for (i = sizeof (debug_sec_names) / sizeof (debug_sec_names[0]); i--;) | |
608 | if (strncmp (name, debug_sec_names[i], strlen (debug_sec_names[i])) == 0) | |
609 | break; | |
610 | ||
611 | if (i >= 0) | |
612 | flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING; | |
613 | } | |
252b5132 RH |
614 | |
615 | /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we | |
616 | only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support | |
617 | g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section. | |
618 | The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions | |
619 | are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard | |
620 | all but one of the sections. */ | |
621 | if (strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce", sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0) | |
622 | flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD; | |
623 | ||
fa152c49 JW |
624 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
625 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags) | |
626 | if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr)) | |
627 | return false; | |
628 | ||
252b5132 RH |
629 | if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags)) |
630 | return false; | |
631 | ||
632 | if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) | |
633 | { | |
634 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr; | |
635 | unsigned int i; | |
636 | ||
637 | /* Look through the phdrs to see if we need to adjust the lma. | |
638 | If all the p_paddr fields are zero, we ignore them, since | |
639 | some ELF linkers produce such output. */ | |
640 | phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; | |
641 | for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++) | |
642 | { | |
643 | if (phdr->p_paddr != 0) | |
644 | break; | |
645 | } | |
646 | if (i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum) | |
647 | { | |
648 | phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; | |
649 | for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++) | |
650 | { | |
651 | if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD | |
652 | && phdr->p_vaddr != phdr->p_paddr | |
653 | && phdr->p_vaddr <= hdr->sh_addr | |
654 | && (phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz | |
655 | >= hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size) | |
656 | && ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0 | |
657 | || (phdr->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) hdr->sh_offset | |
658 | && (phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_filesz | |
659 | >= hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size)))) | |
660 | { | |
661 | newsect->lma += phdr->p_paddr - phdr->p_vaddr; | |
662 | break; | |
663 | } | |
664 | } | |
665 | } | |
666 | } | |
667 | ||
668 | hdr->bfd_section = newsect; | |
669 | elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr; | |
670 | ||
671 | return true; | |
672 | } | |
673 | ||
674 | /* | |
675 | INTERNAL_FUNCTION | |
676 | bfd_elf_find_section | |
677 | ||
678 | SYNOPSIS | |
679 | struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name); | |
680 | ||
681 | DESCRIPTION | |
682 | Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables. | |
683 | Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an | |
684 | internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular, | |
685 | isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary | |
686 | mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some. | |
687 | */ | |
688 | ||
689 | struct elf_internal_shdr * | |
690 | bfd_elf_find_section (abfd, name) | |
c044fabd | 691 | bfd *abfd; |
252b5132 RH |
692 | char *name; |
693 | { | |
694 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; | |
695 | char *shstrtab; | |
696 | unsigned int max; | |
697 | unsigned int i; | |
698 | ||
699 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); | |
700 | if (i_shdrp != NULL) | |
701 | { | |
702 | shstrtab = bfd_elf_get_str_section | |
703 | (abfd, elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx); | |
704 | if (shstrtab != NULL) | |
705 | { | |
706 | max = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum; | |
707 | for (i = 1; i < max; i++) | |
708 | if (!strcmp (&shstrtab[i_shdrp[i]->sh_name], name)) | |
709 | return i_shdrp[i]; | |
710 | } | |
711 | } | |
712 | return 0; | |
713 | } | |
714 | ||
715 | const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = { | |
716 | "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB", | |
717 | "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE", | |
718 | "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM", | |
719 | }; | |
720 | ||
721 | /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocateable | |
722 | output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing | |
723 | has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also | |
724 | be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to | |
725 | change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will | |
726 | all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code | |
727 | into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto | |
728 | function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing | |
729 | relocateable output against an external symbol. */ | |
730 | ||
252b5132 RH |
731 | bfd_reloc_status_type |
732 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, | |
733 | reloc_entry, | |
734 | symbol, | |
735 | data, | |
736 | input_section, | |
737 | output_bfd, | |
738 | error_message) | |
7442e600 | 739 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
252b5132 RH |
740 | arelent *reloc_entry; |
741 | asymbol *symbol; | |
7442e600 | 742 | PTR data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
252b5132 RH |
743 | asection *input_section; |
744 | bfd *output_bfd; | |
7442e600 | 745 | char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
252b5132 RH |
746 | { |
747 | if (output_bfd != (bfd *) NULL | |
748 | && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0 | |
749 | && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace | |
750 | || reloc_entry->addend == 0)) | |
751 | { | |
752 | reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; | |
753 | return bfd_reloc_ok; | |
754 | } | |
755 | ||
756 | return bfd_reloc_continue; | |
757 | } | |
758 | \f | |
8550eb6e JJ |
759 | /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */ |
760 | ||
761 | boolean | |
762 | _bfd_elf_merge_sections (abfd, info) | |
763 | bfd *abfd; | |
764 | struct bfd_link_info *info; | |
765 | { | |
b0f35f36 | 766 | if (!is_elf_hash_table (info)) |
8ea2e4bd | 767 | return false; |
b0f35f36 L |
768 | if (elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info) |
769 | _bfd_merge_sections (abfd, elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info); | |
8550eb6e JJ |
770 | return true; |
771 | } | |
772 | \f | |
252b5132 RH |
773 | /* Print out the program headers. */ |
774 | ||
775 | boolean | |
776 | _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, farg) | |
777 | bfd *abfd; | |
778 | PTR farg; | |
779 | { | |
780 | FILE *f = (FILE *) farg; | |
781 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; | |
782 | asection *s; | |
783 | bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL; | |
784 | ||
785 | p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; | |
786 | if (p != NULL) | |
787 | { | |
788 | unsigned int i, c; | |
789 | ||
790 | fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n")); | |
791 | c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; | |
792 | for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++) | |
793 | { | |
dc810e39 | 794 | const char *pt; |
252b5132 RH |
795 | char buf[20]; |
796 | ||
797 | switch (p->p_type) | |
798 | { | |
dc810e39 AM |
799 | case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break; |
800 | case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break; | |
801 | case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break; | |
802 | case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break; | |
803 | case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break; | |
804 | case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break; | |
805 | case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break; | |
806 | default: sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type); pt = buf; break; | |
252b5132 | 807 | } |
dc810e39 | 808 | fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt); |
60b89a18 | 809 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset); |
252b5132 | 810 | fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x"); |
60b89a18 | 811 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr); |
252b5132 | 812 | fprintf (f, " paddr 0x"); |
60b89a18 | 813 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr); |
252b5132 RH |
814 | fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align)); |
815 | fprintf (f, " filesz 0x"); | |
60b89a18 | 816 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz); |
252b5132 | 817 | fprintf (f, " memsz 0x"); |
60b89a18 | 818 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz); |
252b5132 RH |
819 | fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c", |
820 | (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-', | |
821 | (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-', | |
822 | (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-'); | |
dc810e39 AM |
823 | if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0) |
824 | fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)); | |
252b5132 RH |
825 | fprintf (f, "\n"); |
826 | } | |
827 | } | |
828 | ||
829 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); | |
830 | if (s != NULL) | |
831 | { | |
832 | int elfsec; | |
dc810e39 | 833 | unsigned long shlink; |
252b5132 RH |
834 | bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend; |
835 | size_t extdynsize; | |
836 | void (*swap_dyn_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, const PTR, Elf_Internal_Dyn *)); | |
837 | ||
838 | fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n")); | |
839 | ||
840 | dynbuf = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (s->_raw_size); | |
841 | if (dynbuf == NULL) | |
842 | goto error_return; | |
843 | if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, s, (PTR) dynbuf, (file_ptr) 0, | |
844 | s->_raw_size)) | |
845 | goto error_return; | |
846 | ||
847 | elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s); | |
848 | if (elfsec == -1) | |
849 | goto error_return; | |
dc810e39 | 850 | shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link; |
252b5132 RH |
851 | |
852 | extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn; | |
853 | swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in; | |
854 | ||
855 | extdyn = dynbuf; | |
856 | extdynend = extdyn + s->_raw_size; | |
857 | for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize) | |
858 | { | |
859 | Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; | |
860 | const char *name; | |
861 | char ab[20]; | |
862 | boolean stringp; | |
863 | ||
864 | (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, (PTR) extdyn, &dyn); | |
865 | ||
866 | if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL) | |
867 | break; | |
868 | ||
869 | stringp = false; | |
870 | switch (dyn.d_tag) | |
871 | { | |
872 | default: | |
873 | sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag); | |
874 | name = ab; | |
875 | break; | |
876 | ||
877 | case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = true; break; | |
878 | case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break; | |
879 | case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break; | |
880 | case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break; | |
881 | case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break; | |
882 | case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break; | |
883 | case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break; | |
884 | case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break; | |
885 | case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break; | |
886 | case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break; | |
887 | case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break; | |
888 | case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break; | |
889 | case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break; | |
890 | case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = true; break; | |
891 | case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = true; break; | |
892 | case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break; | |
893 | case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break; | |
894 | case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break; | |
895 | case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break; | |
896 | case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break; | |
897 | case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break; | |
898 | case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break; | |
899 | case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break; | |
94558834 L |
900 | case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break; |
901 | case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break; | |
902 | case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break; | |
903 | case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break; | |
904 | case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break; | |
905 | case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = true; break; | |
906 | case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break; | |
907 | case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break; | |
908 | case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break; | |
d48188b9 | 909 | case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break; |
94558834 L |
910 | case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break; |
911 | case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break; | |
912 | case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break; | |
913 | case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break; | |
914 | case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break; | |
915 | case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break; | |
916 | case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break; | |
36a30e65 L |
917 | case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = true; break; |
918 | case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = true; break; | |
919 | case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = true; break; | |
94558834 L |
920 | case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break; |
921 | case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break; | |
922 | case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break; | |
923 | case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break; | |
924 | case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break; | |
925 | case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break; | |
252b5132 RH |
926 | case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break; |
927 | case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break; | |
928 | case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break; | |
929 | case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break; | |
930 | case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break; | |
94558834 L |
931 | case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = true; break; |
932 | case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break; | |
933 | case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = true; break; | |
252b5132 RH |
934 | } |
935 | ||
936 | fprintf (f, " %-11s ", name); | |
937 | if (! stringp) | |
938 | fprintf (f, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_un.d_val); | |
939 | else | |
940 | { | |
941 | const char *string; | |
dc810e39 | 942 | unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val; |
252b5132 | 943 | |
dc810e39 | 944 | string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv); |
252b5132 RH |
945 | if (string == NULL) |
946 | goto error_return; | |
947 | fprintf (f, "%s", string); | |
948 | } | |
949 | fprintf (f, "\n"); | |
950 | } | |
951 | ||
952 | free (dynbuf); | |
953 | dynbuf = NULL; | |
954 | } | |
955 | ||
956 | if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL) | |
957 | || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)) | |
958 | { | |
959 | if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd)) | |
960 | return false; | |
961 | } | |
962 | ||
963 | if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0) | |
964 | { | |
965 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *t; | |
966 | ||
967 | fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n")); | |
968 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef) | |
969 | { | |
970 | fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx, | |
971 | t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash, t->vd_nodename); | |
972 | if (t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL) | |
973 | { | |
974 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a; | |
975 | ||
976 | fprintf (f, "\t"); | |
977 | for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr; | |
978 | a != NULL; | |
979 | a = a->vda_nextptr) | |
980 | fprintf (f, "%s ", a->vda_nodename); | |
981 | fprintf (f, "\n"); | |
982 | } | |
983 | } | |
984 | } | |
985 | ||
986 | if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0) | |
987 | { | |
988 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *t; | |
989 | ||
990 | fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n")); | |
991 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref) | |
992 | { | |
993 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a; | |
994 | ||
995 | fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"), t->vn_filename); | |
996 | for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr) | |
997 | fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash, | |
998 | a->vna_flags, a->vna_other, a->vna_nodename); | |
999 | } | |
1000 | } | |
1001 | ||
1002 | return true; | |
1003 | ||
1004 | error_return: | |
1005 | if (dynbuf != NULL) | |
1006 | free (dynbuf); | |
1007 | return false; | |
1008 | } | |
1009 | ||
1010 | /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */ | |
1011 | ||
1012 | void | |
1013 | bfd_elf_print_symbol (abfd, filep, symbol, how) | |
1014 | bfd *abfd; | |
1015 | PTR filep; | |
1016 | asymbol *symbol; | |
1017 | bfd_print_symbol_type how; | |
1018 | { | |
1019 | FILE *file = (FILE *) filep; | |
1020 | switch (how) | |
1021 | { | |
1022 | case bfd_print_symbol_name: | |
1023 | fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name); | |
1024 | break; | |
1025 | case bfd_print_symbol_more: | |
1026 | fprintf (file, "elf "); | |
60b89a18 | 1027 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value); |
252b5132 RH |
1028 | fprintf (file, " %lx", (long) symbol->flags); |
1029 | break; | |
1030 | case bfd_print_symbol_all: | |
1031 | { | |
4e8a9624 AM |
1032 | const char *section_name; |
1033 | const char *name = NULL; | |
587ff49e | 1034 | struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
7a13edea | 1035 | unsigned char st_other; |
dbb410c3 | 1036 | bfd_vma val; |
c044fabd | 1037 | |
252b5132 | 1038 | section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)"; |
587ff49e RH |
1039 | |
1040 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
1041 | if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) | |
c044fabd | 1042 | name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol); |
587ff49e RH |
1043 | |
1044 | if (name == NULL) | |
1045 | { | |
7ee38065 | 1046 | name = symbol->name; |
60b89a18 | 1047 | bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, (PTR) file, symbol); |
587ff49e RH |
1048 | } |
1049 | ||
252b5132 RH |
1050 | fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name); |
1051 | /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols, | |
1052 | we've already printed the size; now print the alignment. | |
1053 | For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and | |
1054 | we've printed the address; now print the size. */ | |
dbb410c3 AM |
1055 | if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section)) |
1056 | val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value; | |
1057 | else | |
1058 | val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size; | |
1059 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val); | |
252b5132 RH |
1060 | |
1061 | /* If we have version information, print it. */ | |
1062 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_section != 0 | |
1063 | && (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_section != 0 | |
1064 | || elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_section != 0)) | |
1065 | { | |
1066 | unsigned int vernum; | |
1067 | const char *version_string; | |
1068 | ||
1069 | vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION; | |
1070 | ||
1071 | if (vernum == 0) | |
1072 | version_string = ""; | |
1073 | else if (vernum == 1) | |
1074 | version_string = "Base"; | |
1075 | else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs) | |
1076 | version_string = | |
1077 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename; | |
1078 | else | |
1079 | { | |
1080 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *t; | |
1081 | ||
1082 | version_string = ""; | |
1083 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; | |
1084 | t != NULL; | |
1085 | t = t->vn_nextref) | |
1086 | { | |
1087 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a; | |
1088 | ||
1089 | for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr) | |
1090 | { | |
1091 | if (a->vna_other == vernum) | |
1092 | { | |
1093 | version_string = a->vna_nodename; | |
1094 | break; | |
1095 | } | |
1096 | } | |
1097 | } | |
1098 | } | |
1099 | ||
1100 | if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0) | |
1101 | fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string); | |
1102 | else | |
1103 | { | |
1104 | int i; | |
1105 | ||
1106 | fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string); | |
1107 | for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i) | |
1108 | putc (' ', file); | |
1109 | } | |
1110 | } | |
1111 | ||
1112 | /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */ | |
7a13edea | 1113 | st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other; |
c044fabd | 1114 | |
7a13edea NC |
1115 | switch (st_other) |
1116 | { | |
1117 | case 0: break; | |
1118 | case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break; | |
1119 | case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break; | |
1120 | case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break; | |
1121 | default: | |
1122 | /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print | |
1123 | everything hex. */ | |
1124 | fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other); | |
1125 | } | |
252b5132 | 1126 | |
587ff49e | 1127 | fprintf (file, " %s", name); |
252b5132 RH |
1128 | } |
1129 | break; | |
1130 | } | |
1131 | } | |
1132 | \f | |
1133 | /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */ | |
1134 | ||
1135 | struct bfd_hash_entry * | |
1136 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string) | |
1137 | struct bfd_hash_entry *entry; | |
1138 | struct bfd_hash_table *table; | |
1139 | const char *string; | |
1140 | { | |
252b5132 RH |
1141 | /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a |
1142 | subclass. */ | |
51b64d56 AM |
1143 | if (entry == NULL) |
1144 | { | |
1145 | entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry)); | |
1146 | if (entry == NULL) | |
1147 | return entry; | |
1148 | } | |
252b5132 RH |
1149 | |
1150 | /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */ | |
51b64d56 AM |
1151 | entry = _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string); |
1152 | if (entry != NULL) | |
252b5132 | 1153 | { |
51b64d56 AM |
1154 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *ret = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) entry; |
1155 | struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = (struct elf_link_hash_table *) table; | |
1156 | ||
252b5132 RH |
1157 | /* Set local fields. */ |
1158 | ret->indx = -1; | |
1159 | ret->size = 0; | |
1160 | ret->dynindx = -1; | |
1161 | ret->dynstr_index = 0; | |
1162 | ret->weakdef = NULL; | |
51b64d56 AM |
1163 | ret->got.refcount = htab->init_refcount; |
1164 | ret->plt.refcount = htab->init_refcount; | |
1165 | ret->linker_section_pointer = NULL; | |
252b5132 RH |
1166 | ret->verinfo.verdef = NULL; |
1167 | ret->vtable_entries_used = NULL; | |
1168 | ret->vtable_entries_size = 0; | |
1169 | ret->vtable_parent = NULL; | |
1170 | ret->type = STT_NOTYPE; | |
1171 | ret->other = 0; | |
1172 | /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader. | |
1173 | This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input | |
1174 | file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol | |
1175 | reader will have the flag set correctly. */ | |
1176 | ret->elf_link_hash_flags = ELF_LINK_NON_ELF; | |
1177 | } | |
1178 | ||
51b64d56 | 1179 | return entry; |
252b5132 RH |
1180 | } |
1181 | ||
2920b85c | 1182 | /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the |
0a991dfe | 1183 | old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */ |
2920b85c | 1184 | |
c61b8717 RH |
1185 | void |
1186 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (dir, ind) | |
2920b85c RH |
1187 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir, *ind; |
1188 | { | |
3c3e9281 AM |
1189 | bfd_signed_vma tmp; |
1190 | ||
2920b85c RH |
1191 | /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the |
1192 | symbol which just became indirect. */ | |
1193 | ||
1194 | dir->elf_link_hash_flags |= | |
1195 | (ind->elf_link_hash_flags | |
1196 | & (ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC | |
1197 | | ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR | |
1198 | | ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR_NONWEAK | |
1199 | | ELF_LINK_NON_GOT_REF)); | |
1200 | ||
0a991dfe AM |
1201 | if (dir == ind->weakdef) |
1202 | return; | |
1203 | ||
51b64d56 | 1204 | /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries. |
2920b85c | 1205 | These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */ |
3c3e9281 AM |
1206 | tmp = dir->got.refcount; |
1207 | if (tmp <= 0) | |
2920b85c | 1208 | { |
51b64d56 | 1209 | dir->got.refcount = ind->got.refcount; |
3c3e9281 | 1210 | ind->got.refcount = tmp; |
2920b85c | 1211 | } |
3c3e9281 AM |
1212 | else |
1213 | BFD_ASSERT (ind->got.refcount <= 0); | |
2920b85c | 1214 | |
3c3e9281 AM |
1215 | tmp = dir->plt.refcount; |
1216 | if (tmp <= 0) | |
2920b85c | 1217 | { |
51b64d56 | 1218 | dir->plt.refcount = ind->plt.refcount; |
3c3e9281 | 1219 | ind->plt.refcount = tmp; |
2920b85c | 1220 | } |
3c3e9281 AM |
1221 | else |
1222 | BFD_ASSERT (ind->plt.refcount <= 0); | |
2920b85c RH |
1223 | |
1224 | if (dir->dynindx == -1) | |
1225 | { | |
1226 | dir->dynindx = ind->dynindx; | |
1227 | dir->dynstr_index = ind->dynstr_index; | |
1228 | ind->dynindx = -1; | |
1229 | ind->dynstr_index = 0; | |
1230 | } | |
3c3e9281 AM |
1231 | else |
1232 | BFD_ASSERT (ind->dynindx == -1); | |
2920b85c RH |
1233 | } |
1234 | ||
c61b8717 | 1235 | void |
7ee38065 | 1236 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, h) |
f41cbf03 | 1237 | struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
2920b85c RH |
1238 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
1239 | { | |
1240 | h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT; | |
2920b85c | 1241 | h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
5fba655a L |
1242 | if ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL) != 0) |
1243 | h->dynindx = -1; | |
2920b85c RH |
1244 | } |
1245 | ||
252b5132 RH |
1246 | /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. */ |
1247 | ||
1248 | boolean | |
1249 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (table, abfd, newfunc) | |
1250 | struct elf_link_hash_table *table; | |
1251 | bfd *abfd; | |
1252 | struct bfd_hash_entry *(*newfunc) PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, | |
1253 | struct bfd_hash_table *, | |
1254 | const char *)); | |
1255 | { | |
8ea2e4bd NC |
1256 | boolean ret; |
1257 | ||
252b5132 RH |
1258 | table->dynamic_sections_created = false; |
1259 | table->dynobj = NULL; | |
51b64d56 | 1260 | table->init_refcount = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->can_refcount - 1; |
252b5132 RH |
1261 | /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */ |
1262 | table->dynsymcount = 1; | |
1263 | table->dynstr = NULL; | |
1264 | table->bucketcount = 0; | |
1265 | table->needed = NULL; | |
a963dc6a | 1266 | table->runpath = NULL; |
252b5132 RH |
1267 | table->hgot = NULL; |
1268 | table->stab_info = NULL; | |
f5fa8ca2 | 1269 | table->merge_info = NULL; |
1ae00f9d | 1270 | table->dynlocal = NULL; |
8ea2e4bd NC |
1271 | ret = _bfd_link_hash_table_init (& table->root, abfd, newfunc); |
1272 | table->root.type = bfd_link_elf_hash_table; | |
1273 | ||
1274 | return ret; | |
252b5132 RH |
1275 | } |
1276 | ||
1277 | /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */ | |
1278 | ||
1279 | struct bfd_link_hash_table * | |
1280 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd) | |
1281 | bfd *abfd; | |
1282 | { | |
1283 | struct elf_link_hash_table *ret; | |
dc810e39 | 1284 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table); |
252b5132 | 1285 | |
dc810e39 | 1286 | ret = (struct elf_link_hash_table *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
252b5132 RH |
1287 | if (ret == (struct elf_link_hash_table *) NULL) |
1288 | return NULL; | |
1289 | ||
1290 | if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret, abfd, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc)) | |
1291 | { | |
1292 | bfd_release (abfd, ret); | |
1293 | return NULL; | |
1294 | } | |
1295 | ||
1296 | return &ret->root; | |
1297 | } | |
1298 | ||
1299 | /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to | |
1300 | tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED | |
1301 | entry for a dynamic object. The generic linker passes name as an | |
1302 | empty string to indicate that no DT_NEEDED entry should be made. */ | |
1303 | ||
1304 | void | |
1305 | bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (abfd, name) | |
1306 | bfd *abfd; | |
1307 | const char *name; | |
1308 | { | |
1309 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour | |
1310 | && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object) | |
1311 | elf_dt_name (abfd) = name; | |
1312 | } | |
1313 | ||
74816898 L |
1314 | void |
1315 | bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_soname (abfd, name) | |
1316 | bfd *abfd; | |
1317 | const char *name; | |
1318 | { | |
1319 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour | |
1320 | && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object) | |
1321 | elf_dt_soname (abfd) = name; | |
1322 | } | |
1323 | ||
252b5132 RH |
1324 | /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for |
1325 | the linker ELF emulation code. */ | |
1326 | ||
1327 | struct bfd_link_needed_list * | |
1328 | bfd_elf_get_needed_list (abfd, info) | |
7442e600 | 1329 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
252b5132 RH |
1330 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
1331 | { | |
1332 | if (info->hash->creator->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) | |
1333 | return NULL; | |
1334 | return elf_hash_table (info)->needed; | |
1335 | } | |
1336 | ||
a963dc6a L |
1337 | /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a |
1338 | hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */ | |
1339 | ||
1340 | struct bfd_link_needed_list * | |
1341 | bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (abfd, info) | |
1342 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | |
1343 | struct bfd_link_info *info; | |
1344 | { | |
1345 | if (info->hash->creator->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) | |
1346 | return NULL; | |
1347 | return elf_hash_table (info)->runpath; | |
1348 | } | |
1349 | ||
252b5132 RH |
1350 | /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This |
1351 | is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string | |
1352 | passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */ | |
1353 | ||
1354 | const char * | |
1355 | bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd) | |
1356 | bfd *abfd; | |
1357 | { | |
1358 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour | |
1359 | && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object) | |
1360 | return elf_dt_name (abfd); | |
1361 | return NULL; | |
1362 | } | |
1363 | ||
1364 | /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for | |
1365 | the ELF linker emulation code. */ | |
1366 | ||
1367 | boolean | |
1368 | bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (abfd, pneeded) | |
1369 | bfd *abfd; | |
1370 | struct bfd_link_needed_list **pneeded; | |
1371 | { | |
1372 | asection *s; | |
1373 | bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL; | |
1374 | int elfsec; | |
dc810e39 | 1375 | unsigned long shlink; |
252b5132 RH |
1376 | bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend; |
1377 | size_t extdynsize; | |
1378 | void (*swap_dyn_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, const PTR, Elf_Internal_Dyn *)); | |
1379 | ||
1380 | *pneeded = NULL; | |
1381 | ||
1382 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour | |
1383 | || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_object) | |
1384 | return true; | |
1385 | ||
1386 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); | |
1387 | if (s == NULL || s->_raw_size == 0) | |
1388 | return true; | |
1389 | ||
1390 | dynbuf = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (s->_raw_size); | |
1391 | if (dynbuf == NULL) | |
1392 | goto error_return; | |
1393 | ||
1394 | if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, s, (PTR) dynbuf, (file_ptr) 0, | |
1395 | s->_raw_size)) | |
1396 | goto error_return; | |
1397 | ||
1398 | elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s); | |
1399 | if (elfsec == -1) | |
1400 | goto error_return; | |
1401 | ||
dc810e39 | 1402 | shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link; |
252b5132 RH |
1403 | |
1404 | extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn; | |
1405 | swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in; | |
1406 | ||
1407 | extdyn = dynbuf; | |
1408 | extdynend = extdyn + s->_raw_size; | |
1409 | for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize) | |
1410 | { | |
1411 | Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; | |
1412 | ||
1413 | (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, (PTR) extdyn, &dyn); | |
1414 | ||
1415 | if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL) | |
1416 | break; | |
1417 | ||
1418 | if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NEEDED) | |
1419 | { | |
1420 | const char *string; | |
1421 | struct bfd_link_needed_list *l; | |
dc810e39 AM |
1422 | unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val; |
1423 | bfd_size_type amt; | |
252b5132 | 1424 | |
dc810e39 | 1425 | string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv); |
252b5132 RH |
1426 | if (string == NULL) |
1427 | goto error_return; | |
1428 | ||
dc810e39 AM |
1429 | amt = sizeof *l; |
1430 | l = (struct bfd_link_needed_list *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); | |
252b5132 RH |
1431 | if (l == NULL) |
1432 | goto error_return; | |
1433 | ||
1434 | l->by = abfd; | |
1435 | l->name = string; | |
1436 | l->next = *pneeded; | |
1437 | *pneeded = l; | |
1438 | } | |
1439 | } | |
1440 | ||
1441 | free (dynbuf); | |
1442 | ||
1443 | return true; | |
1444 | ||
1445 | error_return: | |
1446 | if (dynbuf != NULL) | |
1447 | free (dynbuf); | |
1448 | return false; | |
1449 | } | |
1450 | \f | |
1451 | /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */ | |
1452 | ||
1453 | struct bfd_strtab_hash * | |
1454 | _bfd_elf_stringtab_init () | |
1455 | { | |
1456 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret; | |
1457 | ||
1458 | ret = _bfd_stringtab_init (); | |
1459 | if (ret != NULL) | |
1460 | { | |
1461 | bfd_size_type loc; | |
1462 | ||
1463 | loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", true, false); | |
1464 | BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1); | |
1465 | if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1) | |
1466 | { | |
1467 | _bfd_stringtab_free (ret); | |
1468 | ret = NULL; | |
1469 | } | |
1470 | } | |
1471 | return ret; | |
1472 | } | |
1473 | \f | |
1474 | /* ELF .o/exec file reading */ | |
1475 | ||
c044fabd | 1476 | /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */ |
252b5132 RH |
1477 | |
1478 | boolean | |
1479 | bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, shindex) | |
1480 | bfd *abfd; | |
1481 | unsigned int shindex; | |
1482 | { | |
1483 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex]; | |
1484 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd); | |
1485 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
1486 | char *name; | |
1487 | ||
1488 | name = elf_string_from_elf_strtab (abfd, hdr->sh_name); | |
1489 | ||
1490 | switch (hdr->sh_type) | |
1491 | { | |
1492 | case SHT_NULL: | |
1493 | /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */ | |
1494 | return true; | |
1495 | ||
1496 | case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */ | |
1497 | case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */ | |
1498 | case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */ | |
1499 | case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */ | |
1500 | case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */ | |
1501 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); | |
1502 | ||
1503 | case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */ | |
1504 | if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex) | |
1505 | return true; | |
1506 | ||
1507 | BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_entsize == bed->s->sizeof_sym); | |
1508 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0); | |
1509 | elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex; | |
1510 | elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr; | |
1511 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; | |
1512 | abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS; | |
1513 | ||
1514 | /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If | |
1515 | SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also | |
1516 | treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the | |
1517 | decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes | |
1518 | set in a relocateable object file, which would confuse the | |
1519 | linker. */ | |
1520 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0 | |
1521 | && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0 | |
1522 | && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name)) | |
1523 | return false; | |
1524 | ||
1525 | return true; | |
1526 | ||
1527 | case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */ | |
1528 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex) | |
1529 | return true; | |
1530 | ||
1531 | BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_entsize == bed->s->sizeof_sym); | |
1532 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0); | |
1533 | elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex; | |
1534 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr; | |
1535 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr; | |
1536 | abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS; | |
1537 | ||
1538 | /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular | |
1539 | section, so that objcopy can handle it. */ | |
1540 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); | |
1541 | ||
1542 | case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */ | |
1543 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL) | |
1544 | return true; | |
1545 | if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex) | |
1546 | { | |
1547 | elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr; | |
1548 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr; | |
1549 | return true; | |
1550 | } | |
1551 | { | |
1552 | unsigned int i; | |
1553 | ||
1554 | for (i = 1; i < ehdr->e_shnum; i++) | |
1555 | { | |
1556 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; | |
1557 | if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex) | |
1558 | { | |
1559 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i)) | |
1560 | return false; | |
1561 | if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i) | |
1562 | { | |
1563 | elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr; | |
1564 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = | |
1565 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; | |
1566 | return true; | |
1567 | } | |
1568 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i) | |
1569 | { | |
1570 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr; | |
1571 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = | |
1572 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr; | |
1573 | /* We also treat this as a regular section, so | |
1574 | that objcopy can handle it. */ | |
1575 | break; | |
1576 | } | |
1577 | #if 0 /* Not handling other string tables specially right now. */ | |
1578 | hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; /* in case it moved */ | |
1579 | /* We have a strtab for some random other section. */ | |
1580 | newsect = (asection *) hdr2->bfd_section; | |
1581 | if (!newsect) | |
1582 | break; | |
1583 | hdr->bfd_section = newsect; | |
1584 | hdr2 = &elf_section_data (newsect)->str_hdr; | |
1585 | *hdr2 = *hdr; | |
1586 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2; | |
1587 | #endif | |
1588 | } | |
1589 | } | |
1590 | } | |
1591 | ||
1592 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); | |
1593 | ||
1594 | case SHT_REL: | |
1595 | case SHT_RELA: | |
1596 | /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */ | |
1597 | { | |
1598 | asection *target_sect; | |
1599 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2; | |
1600 | ||
03ae5f59 ILT |
1601 | /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */ |
1602 | if (hdr->sh_link >= ehdr->e_shnum) | |
1603 | { | |
1604 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) | |
1605 | (_("%s: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"), | |
8f615d07 | 1606 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd), hdr->sh_link, name, shindex)); |
03ae5f59 ILT |
1607 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); |
1608 | } | |
1609 | ||
252b5132 RH |
1610 | /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes |
1611 | libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have | |
1612 | bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just | |
1613 | reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use | |
1614 | them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only | |
1615 | one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point | |
1616 | to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */ | |
1617 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB | |
1618 | && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM) | |
1619 | { | |
1620 | int scan; | |
1621 | int found; | |
1622 | ||
1623 | found = 0; | |
1624 | for (scan = 1; scan < ehdr->e_shnum; scan++) | |
1625 | { | |
1626 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB | |
1627 | || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM) | |
1628 | { | |
1629 | if (found != 0) | |
1630 | { | |
1631 | found = 0; | |
1632 | break; | |
1633 | } | |
1634 | found = scan; | |
1635 | } | |
1636 | } | |
1637 | if (found != 0) | |
1638 | hdr->sh_link = found; | |
1639 | } | |
1640 | ||
1641 | /* Get the symbol table. */ | |
1642 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB | |
1643 | && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link)) | |
1644 | return false; | |
1645 | ||
1646 | /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we | |
1647 | don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately | |
1648 | represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't | |
c044fabd | 1649 | try. We just present it as a normal section. We also |
60bcf0fa | 1650 | can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null |
c044fabd | 1651 | section. */ |
60bcf0fa | 1652 | if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd) || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF) |
252b5132 RH |
1653 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); |
1654 | ||
1655 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info)) | |
1656 | return false; | |
1657 | target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info); | |
1658 | if (target_sect == NULL) | |
1659 | return false; | |
1660 | ||
1661 | if ((target_sect->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0 | |
1662 | || target_sect->reloc_count == 0) | |
1663 | hdr2 = &elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr; | |
1664 | else | |
1665 | { | |
dc810e39 | 1666 | bfd_size_type amt; |
252b5132 | 1667 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 == NULL); |
dc810e39 AM |
1668 | amt = sizeof (*hdr2); |
1669 | hdr2 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); | |
252b5132 RH |
1670 | elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 = hdr2; |
1671 | } | |
1672 | *hdr2 = *hdr; | |
1673 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2; | |
d9bc7a44 | 1674 | target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr); |
252b5132 RH |
1675 | target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC; |
1676 | target_sect->relocation = NULL; | |
1677 | target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset; | |
bf572ba0 MM |
1678 | /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether |
1679 | its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */ | |
72730e0c AM |
1680 | if (hdr->sh_size != 0) |
1681 | elf_section_data (target_sect)->use_rela_p | |
1682 | = (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA); | |
252b5132 RH |
1683 | abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC; |
1684 | return true; | |
1685 | } | |
1686 | break; | |
1687 | ||
1688 | case SHT_GNU_verdef: | |
1689 | elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex; | |
1690 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr; | |
1691 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); | |
1692 | break; | |
1693 | ||
1694 | case SHT_GNU_versym: | |
1695 | elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex; | |
1696 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr; | |
1697 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); | |
1698 | break; | |
1699 | ||
1700 | case SHT_GNU_verneed: | |
1701 | elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex; | |
1702 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr; | |
1703 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); | |
1704 | break; | |
1705 | ||
1706 | case SHT_SHLIB: | |
1707 | return true; | |
1708 | ||
dbb410c3 AM |
1709 | case SHT_GROUP: |
1710 | /* Make a section for objcopy and relocatable links. */ | |
1711 | if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name)) | |
1712 | return false; | |
1713 | if (hdr->contents != NULL) | |
1714 | { | |
1715 | Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents; | |
1716 | unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / 4; | |
1717 | asection *s; | |
1718 | ||
1719 | while (--n_elt != 0) | |
1720 | if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL | |
1721 | && elf_section_data (s)->next_in_group != NULL) | |
1722 | { | |
1723 | hdr->bfd_section->lineno = (alent *) s; | |
1724 | break; | |
1725 | } | |
1726 | } | |
1727 | break; | |
1728 | ||
252b5132 RH |
1729 | default: |
1730 | /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */ | |
1731 | { | |
1732 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr) | |
1733 | (*bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr) (abfd, hdr, name); | |
1734 | } | |
1735 | break; | |
1736 | } | |
1737 | ||
1738 | return true; | |
1739 | } | |
1740 | ||
1741 | /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD | |
1742 | section. */ | |
1743 | ||
1744 | asection * | |
1745 | bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, index) | |
1746 | bfd *abfd; | |
1747 | unsigned int index; | |
1748 | { | |
1749 | BFD_ASSERT (index > 0 && index < SHN_LORESERVE); | |
1750 | if (index >= elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum) | |
1751 | return NULL; | |
1752 | return elf_elfsections (abfd)[index]->bfd_section; | |
1753 | } | |
1754 | ||
1755 | boolean | |
1756 | _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec) | |
1757 | bfd *abfd; | |
1758 | asection *sec; | |
1759 | { | |
1760 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata; | |
dc810e39 | 1761 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata); |
252b5132 | 1762 | |
dc810e39 | 1763 | sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
252b5132 RH |
1764 | if (!sdata) |
1765 | return false; | |
1766 | sec->used_by_bfd = (PTR) sdata; | |
bf572ba0 MM |
1767 | |
1768 | /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */ | |
c044fabd | 1769 | sdata->use_rela_p |
bf572ba0 MM |
1770 | = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->default_use_rela_p; |
1771 | ||
252b5132 RH |
1772 | return true; |
1773 | } | |
1774 | ||
1775 | /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header. | |
1776 | ||
1777 | Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name | |
1778 | of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the | |
1779 | program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we | |
1780 | generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b. | |
1781 | ||
1782 | Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than | |
1783 | (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the | |
1784 | system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size, | |
1785 | but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the | |
1786 | file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting | |
1787 | of combined data+bss. | |
1788 | ||
1789 | To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections | |
1790 | for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by | |
1791 | the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified | |
1792 | by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split | |
1793 | into it's initialized and uninitialized parts. | |
1794 | ||
1795 | */ | |
1796 | ||
1797 | boolean | |
20cfcaae | 1798 | _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, typename) |
252b5132 RH |
1799 | bfd *abfd; |
1800 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr; | |
1801 | int index; | |
20cfcaae | 1802 | const char *typename; |
252b5132 RH |
1803 | { |
1804 | asection *newsect; | |
1805 | char *name; | |
1806 | char namebuf[64]; | |
1807 | int split; | |
1808 | ||
1809 | split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0) | |
1810 | && (hdr->p_filesz > 0) | |
1811 | && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)); | |
27ac83bf | 1812 | sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "a" : ""); |
dc810e39 | 1813 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) strlen (namebuf) + 1); |
252b5132 RH |
1814 | if (!name) |
1815 | return false; | |
1816 | strcpy (name, namebuf); | |
1817 | newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); | |
1818 | if (newsect == NULL) | |
1819 | return false; | |
1820 | newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr; | |
1821 | newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr; | |
1822 | newsect->_raw_size = hdr->p_filesz; | |
1823 | newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset; | |
1824 | newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; | |
1825 | if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD) | |
1826 | { | |
1827 | newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC; | |
1828 | newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD; | |
1829 | if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X) | |
1830 | { | |
1831 | /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION, | |
c044fabd | 1832 | may be data. */ |
252b5132 RH |
1833 | newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE; |
1834 | } | |
1835 | } | |
1836 | if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W)) | |
1837 | { | |
1838 | newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY; | |
1839 | } | |
1840 | ||
1841 | if (split) | |
1842 | { | |
27ac83bf | 1843 | sprintf (namebuf, "%s%db", typename, index); |
dc810e39 | 1844 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) strlen (namebuf) + 1); |
252b5132 RH |
1845 | if (!name) |
1846 | return false; | |
1847 | strcpy (name, namebuf); | |
1848 | newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); | |
1849 | if (newsect == NULL) | |
1850 | return false; | |
1851 | newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz; | |
1852 | newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz; | |
1853 | newsect->_raw_size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz; | |
1854 | if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD) | |
1855 | { | |
1856 | newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC; | |
1857 | if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X) | |
1858 | newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE; | |
1859 | } | |
1860 | if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W)) | |
1861 | newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY; | |
1862 | } | |
1863 | ||
1864 | return true; | |
1865 | } | |
1866 | ||
20cfcaae NC |
1867 | boolean |
1868 | bfd_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index) | |
1869 | bfd *abfd; | |
1870 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr; | |
1871 | int index; | |
1872 | { | |
1873 | struct elf_backend_data *bed; | |
1874 | ||
1875 | switch (hdr->p_type) | |
1876 | { | |
1877 | case PT_NULL: | |
1878 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "null"); | |
1879 | ||
1880 | case PT_LOAD: | |
1881 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "load"); | |
1882 | ||
1883 | case PT_DYNAMIC: | |
1884 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "dynamic"); | |
1885 | ||
1886 | case PT_INTERP: | |
1887 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "interp"); | |
1888 | ||
1889 | case PT_NOTE: | |
1890 | if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "note")) | |
1891 | return false; | |
dc810e39 | 1892 | if (! elfcore_read_notes (abfd, (file_ptr) hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz)) |
20cfcaae NC |
1893 | return false; |
1894 | return true; | |
1895 | ||
1896 | case PT_SHLIB: | |
1897 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "shlib"); | |
1898 | ||
1899 | case PT_PHDR: | |
1900 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "phdr"); | |
1901 | ||
1902 | default: | |
1903 | /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. | |
c044fabd | 1904 | If no handler for them, default to making "segment" sections. */ |
20cfcaae NC |
1905 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
1906 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr) | |
1907 | return (*bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr) (abfd, hdr, index); | |
1908 | else | |
1909 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "segment"); | |
1910 | } | |
1911 | } | |
1912 | ||
23bc299b MM |
1913 | /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing |
1914 | relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is true, we use RELA | |
1915 | relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */ | |
1916 | ||
1917 | boolean | |
1918 | _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, rel_hdr, asect, use_rela_p) | |
1919 | bfd *abfd; | |
1920 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; | |
1921 | asection *asect; | |
1922 | boolean use_rela_p; | |
1923 | { | |
1924 | char *name; | |
dc810e39 AM |
1925 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
1926 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name); | |
23bc299b | 1927 | |
dc810e39 | 1928 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
23bc299b MM |
1929 | if (name == NULL) |
1930 | return false; | |
1931 | sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name); | |
1932 | rel_hdr->sh_name = | |
1933 | (unsigned int) _bfd_stringtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name, | |
1934 | true, false); | |
1935 | if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) | |
1936 | return false; | |
1937 | rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL; | |
1938 | rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p | |
1939 | ? bed->s->sizeof_rela | |
1940 | : bed->s->sizeof_rel); | |
1941 | rel_hdr->sh_addralign = bed->s->file_align; | |
1942 | rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0; | |
1943 | rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0; | |
1944 | rel_hdr->sh_size = 0; | |
1945 | rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0; | |
1946 | ||
1947 | return true; | |
1948 | } | |
1949 | ||
252b5132 RH |
1950 | /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */ |
1951 | ||
252b5132 RH |
1952 | static void |
1953 | elf_fake_sections (abfd, asect, failedptrarg) | |
1954 | bfd *abfd; | |
1955 | asection *asect; | |
1956 | PTR failedptrarg; | |
1957 | { | |
1958 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
1959 | boolean *failedptr = (boolean *) failedptrarg; | |
1960 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; | |
1961 | ||
1962 | if (*failedptr) | |
1963 | { | |
1964 | /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections | |
1965 | loop. */ | |
1966 | return; | |
1967 | } | |
1968 | ||
1969 | this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr; | |
1970 | ||
1971 | this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), | |
1972 | asect->name, | |
1973 | true, false); | |
1974 | if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned long) -1) | |
1975 | { | |
1976 | *failedptr = true; | |
1977 | return; | |
1978 | } | |
1979 | ||
1980 | this_hdr->sh_flags = 0; | |
1981 | ||
1982 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 | |
1983 | || asect->user_set_vma) | |
1984 | this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma; | |
1985 | else | |
1986 | this_hdr->sh_addr = 0; | |
1987 | ||
1988 | this_hdr->sh_offset = 0; | |
1989 | this_hdr->sh_size = asect->_raw_size; | |
1990 | this_hdr->sh_link = 0; | |
1991 | this_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << asect->alignment_power; | |
1992 | /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by | |
1993 | copy_private_section_data. */ | |
1994 | ||
1995 | this_hdr->bfd_section = asect; | |
1996 | this_hdr->contents = NULL; | |
1997 | ||
1998 | /* FIXME: This should not be based on section names. */ | |
1999 | if (strcmp (asect->name, ".dynstr") == 0) | |
2000 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; | |
2001 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".hash") == 0) | |
2002 | { | |
2003 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_HASH; | |
c7ac6ff8 | 2004 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry; |
252b5132 RH |
2005 | } |
2006 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".dynsym") == 0) | |
2007 | { | |
2008 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_DYNSYM; | |
2009 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym; | |
2010 | } | |
2011 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".dynamic") == 0) | |
2012 | { | |
2013 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_DYNAMIC; | |
2014 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn; | |
2015 | } | |
a9d024b8 | 2016 | else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".rela", 5) == 0 |
bf572ba0 | 2017 | && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p) |
252b5132 RH |
2018 | { |
2019 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_RELA; | |
2020 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela; | |
2021 | } | |
a9d024b8 | 2022 | else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".rel", 4) == 0 |
bf572ba0 | 2023 | && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p) |
252b5132 RH |
2024 | { |
2025 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_REL; | |
2026 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel; | |
2027 | } | |
2028 | else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".note", 5) == 0) | |
2029 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOTE; | |
2030 | else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".stab", 5) == 0 | |
2031 | && strcmp (asect->name + strlen (asect->name) - 3, "str") == 0) | |
2032 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; | |
2033 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".gnu.version") == 0) | |
2034 | { | |
2035 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GNU_versym; | |
2036 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym); | |
2037 | } | |
2038 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".gnu.version_d") == 0) | |
2039 | { | |
2040 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GNU_verdef; | |
2041 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; | |
2042 | /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set | |
2043 | cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be | |
2044 | zero. */ | |
2045 | if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0) | |
2046 | this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs; | |
2047 | else | |
2048 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0 | |
2049 | || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs); | |
2050 | } | |
2051 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".gnu.version_r") == 0) | |
2052 | { | |
2053 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GNU_verneed; | |
2054 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; | |
2055 | /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set | |
2056 | cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be | |
2057 | zero. */ | |
2058 | if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0) | |
2059 | this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs; | |
2060 | else | |
2061 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0 | |
2062 | || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs); | |
2063 | } | |
dbb410c3 AM |
2064 | else if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0) |
2065 | { | |
2066 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GROUP; | |
2067 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = 4; | |
2068 | } | |
252b5132 | 2069 | else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 |
ef6acf5b | 2070 | && ((asect->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)) |
252b5132 RH |
2071 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS; |
2072 | else | |
6c99a5c3 | 2073 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS; |
252b5132 RH |
2074 | |
2075 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) | |
2076 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC; | |
2077 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) | |
2078 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE; | |
2079 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) | |
2080 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR; | |
f5fa8ca2 JJ |
2081 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0) |
2082 | { | |
2083 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE; | |
2084 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize; | |
2085 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0) | |
2086 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS; | |
2087 | } | |
dbb410c3 AM |
2088 | if (elf_section_data (asect)->group != NULL) |
2089 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP; | |
252b5132 RH |
2090 | |
2091 | /* Check for processor-specific section types. */ | |
bf572ba0 MM |
2092 | if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) |
2093 | (*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect); | |
252b5132 RH |
2094 | |
2095 | /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the | |
23bc299b MM |
2096 | SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for |
2097 | this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to | |
c044fabd | 2098 | create the other. */ |
23bc299b | 2099 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0 |
c044fabd | 2100 | && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, |
23bc299b | 2101 | &elf_section_data (asect)->rel_hdr, |
c044fabd | 2102 | asect, |
23bc299b MM |
2103 | elf_section_data (asect)->use_rela_p)) |
2104 | *failedptr = true; | |
252b5132 RH |
2105 | } |
2106 | ||
dbb410c3 AM |
2107 | /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */ |
2108 | ||
2109 | static void | |
2110 | set_group_contents (abfd, sec, failedptrarg) | |
2111 | bfd *abfd; | |
2112 | asection *sec; | |
2113 | PTR failedptrarg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | |
2114 | { | |
2115 | boolean *failedptr = (boolean *) failedptrarg; | |
2116 | unsigned long symindx; | |
2117 | asection *elt; | |
2118 | unsigned char *loc; | |
2119 | struct bfd_link_order *l; | |
2120 | ||
2121 | if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP | |
2122 | || *failedptr) | |
2123 | return; | |
2124 | ||
2125 | /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up | |
2126 | udata.i; If called for "ld -r", the symbols won't yet be mapped, | |
2127 | so emulate elf_bfd_final_link. */ | |
2128 | symindx = sec->symbol->udata.i; | |
2129 | if (symindx == 0) | |
2130 | symindx = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx; | |
2131 | elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx; | |
2132 | ||
2133 | /* Nor will the contents be allocated for "ld -r". */ | |
2134 | if (sec->contents == NULL) | |
2135 | { | |
2136 | sec->contents = bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->_raw_size); | |
2137 | if (sec->contents == NULL) | |
2138 | { | |
2139 | *failedptr = true; | |
2140 | return; | |
2141 | } | |
2142 | } | |
2143 | ||
2144 | loc = sec->contents + sec->_raw_size; | |
2145 | ||
2146 | /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that we | |
2147 | squirreled away here. */ | |
2148 | elt = (asection *) sec->lineno; | |
2149 | ||
2150 | /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section | |
2151 | indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards | |
2152 | just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section | |
2153 | directives, not that it matters. */ | |
2154 | while (elt != NULL) | |
2155 | { | |
2156 | loc -= 4; | |
2157 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_section_data (elt)->this_idx, loc); | |
2158 | elt = elf_section_data (elt)->next_in_group; | |
2159 | } | |
2160 | ||
2161 | /* If this is a relocatable link, then the above did nothing because | |
2162 | SEC is the output section. Look through the input sections | |
2163 | instead. */ | |
2164 | for (l = sec->link_order_head; l != NULL; l = l->next) | |
2165 | if (l->type == bfd_indirect_link_order | |
2166 | && (elt = (asection *) l->u.indirect.section->lineno) != NULL) | |
2167 | do | |
2168 | { | |
2169 | loc -= 4; | |
2170 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, | |
2171 | elf_section_data (elt->output_section)->this_idx, loc); | |
2172 | elt = elf_section_data (elt)->next_in_group; | |
2173 | /* During a relocatable link, the lists are circular. */ | |
2174 | } | |
2175 | while (elt != (asection *) l->u.indirect.section->lineno); | |
2176 | ||
2177 | loc -= 4; | |
2178 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, 0, loc); | |
2179 | ||
2180 | BFD_ASSERT (loc == sec->contents); | |
2181 | } | |
2182 | ||
252b5132 RH |
2183 | /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here |
2184 | too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled | |
2185 | in here too, while we're at it. */ | |
2186 | ||
2187 | static boolean | |
2188 | assign_section_numbers (abfd) | |
2189 | bfd *abfd; | |
2190 | { | |
2191 | struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd); | |
2192 | asection *sec; | |
2193 | unsigned int section_number; | |
2194 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; | |
dc810e39 | 2195 | bfd_size_type amt; |
252b5132 RH |
2196 | |
2197 | section_number = 1; | |
2198 | ||
2199 | for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next) | |
2200 | { | |
2201 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec); | |
2202 | ||
2203 | d->this_idx = section_number++; | |
2204 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0) | |
2205 | d->rel_idx = 0; | |
2206 | else | |
2207 | d->rel_idx = section_number++; | |
23bc299b MM |
2208 | |
2209 | if (d->rel_hdr2) | |
2210 | d->rel_idx2 = section_number++; | |
2211 | else | |
2212 | d->rel_idx2 = 0; | |
252b5132 RH |
2213 | } |
2214 | ||
2215 | t->shstrtab_section = section_number++; | |
2216 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section; | |
2217 | t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); | |
2218 | ||
2219 | if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0) | |
2220 | { | |
2221 | t->symtab_section = section_number++; | |
2222 | t->strtab_section = section_number++; | |
2223 | } | |
2224 | ||
2225 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number; | |
2226 | ||
2227 | /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the | |
2228 | indices. */ | |
dc810e39 AM |
2229 | amt = section_number * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *); |
2230 | i_shdrp = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); | |
252b5132 RH |
2231 | if (i_shdrp == NULL) |
2232 | return false; | |
2233 | ||
dc810e39 AM |
2234 | amt = sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr); |
2235 | i_shdrp[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); | |
252b5132 RH |
2236 | if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL) |
2237 | { | |
2238 | bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp); | |
2239 | return false; | |
2240 | } | |
2241 | memset (i_shdrp[0], 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr)); | |
2242 | ||
2243 | elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp; | |
2244 | ||
2245 | i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr; | |
2246 | if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0) | |
2247 | { | |
2248 | i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr; | |
2249 | i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr; | |
2250 | t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section; | |
2251 | } | |
2252 | for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next) | |
2253 | { | |
2254 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec); | |
2255 | asection *s; | |
2256 | const char *name; | |
2257 | ||
2258 | i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr; | |
2259 | if (d->rel_idx != 0) | |
2260 | i_shdrp[d->rel_idx] = &d->rel_hdr; | |
23bc299b MM |
2261 | if (d->rel_idx2 != 0) |
2262 | i_shdrp[d->rel_idx2] = d->rel_hdr2; | |
252b5132 RH |
2263 | |
2264 | /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */ | |
2265 | ||
2266 | /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol | |
2267 | table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which | |
2268 | the relocation entries apply. */ | |
2269 | if (d->rel_idx != 0) | |
2270 | { | |
2271 | d->rel_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section; | |
2272 | d->rel_hdr.sh_info = d->this_idx; | |
2273 | } | |
23bc299b MM |
2274 | if (d->rel_idx2 != 0) |
2275 | { | |
2276 | d->rel_hdr2->sh_link = t->symtab_section; | |
2277 | d->rel_hdr2->sh_info = d->this_idx; | |
2278 | } | |
252b5132 RH |
2279 | |
2280 | switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type) | |
2281 | { | |
2282 | case SHT_REL: | |
2283 | case SHT_RELA: | |
2284 | /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD | |
2285 | section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol | |
2286 | table. sh_info is the section index of the section to | |
2287 | which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an | |
2288 | allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table. | |
2289 | FIXME: How can we be sure? */ | |
2290 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); | |
2291 | if (s != NULL) | |
2292 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; | |
2293 | ||
2294 | /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */ | |
2295 | name = sec->name; | |
2296 | if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL) | |
2297 | name += 4; | |
2298 | else | |
2299 | name += 5; | |
2300 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name); | |
2301 | if (s != NULL) | |
2302 | d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; | |
2303 | break; | |
2304 | ||
2305 | case SHT_STRTAB: | |
2306 | /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs | |
2307 | string section. We look for a section with the same name | |
2308 | but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link | |
2309 | field to point to this section. */ | |
2310 | if (strncmp (sec->name, ".stab", sizeof ".stab" - 1) == 0 | |
2311 | && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0) | |
2312 | { | |
2313 | size_t len; | |
2314 | char *alc; | |
2315 | ||
2316 | len = strlen (sec->name); | |
dc810e39 | 2317 | alc = (char *) bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) len - 2); |
252b5132 RH |
2318 | if (alc == NULL) |
2319 | return false; | |
2320 | strncpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3); | |
2321 | alc[len - 3] = '\0'; | |
2322 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc); | |
2323 | free (alc); | |
2324 | if (s != NULL) | |
2325 | { | |
2326 | elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx; | |
2327 | ||
2328 | /* This is a .stab section. */ | |
2329 | elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = | |
125c4a69 | 2330 | 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8; |
252b5132 RH |
2331 | } |
2332 | } | |
2333 | break; | |
2334 | ||
2335 | case SHT_DYNAMIC: | |
2336 | case SHT_DYNSYM: | |
2337 | case SHT_GNU_verneed: | |
2338 | case SHT_GNU_verdef: | |
2339 | /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table | |
2340 | used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the | |
2341 | version strings. */ | |
2342 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr"); | |
2343 | if (s != NULL) | |
2344 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; | |
2345 | break; | |
2346 | ||
2347 | case SHT_HASH: | |
2348 | case SHT_GNU_versym: | |
2349 | /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table | |
2350 | this hash table or version table is for. */ | |
2351 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); | |
2352 | if (s != NULL) | |
2353 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; | |
2354 | break; | |
dbb410c3 AM |
2355 | |
2356 | case SHT_GROUP: | |
2357 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section; | |
252b5132 RH |
2358 | } |
2359 | } | |
2360 | ||
2361 | return true; | |
2362 | } | |
2363 | ||
2364 | /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving | |
2365 | all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */ | |
2366 | ||
2367 | static INLINE int | |
2368 | sym_is_global (abfd, sym) | |
2369 | bfd *abfd; | |
2370 | asymbol *sym; | |
2371 | { | |
2372 | /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */ | |
2373 | if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_sym_is_global) | |
2374 | return ((*get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_sym_is_global) | |
2375 | (abfd, sym)); | |
2376 | ||
2377 | return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0 | |
2378 | || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym)) | |
2379 | || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym))); | |
2380 | } | |
2381 | ||
2382 | static boolean | |
2383 | elf_map_symbols (abfd) | |
2384 | bfd *abfd; | |
2385 | { | |
dc810e39 | 2386 | unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd); |
252b5132 RH |
2387 | asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd); |
2388 | asymbol **sect_syms; | |
dc810e39 AM |
2389 | unsigned int num_locals = 0; |
2390 | unsigned int num_globals = 0; | |
2391 | unsigned int num_locals2 = 0; | |
2392 | unsigned int num_globals2 = 0; | |
252b5132 | 2393 | int max_index = 0; |
dc810e39 AM |
2394 | unsigned int num_sections = 0; |
2395 | unsigned int idx; | |
252b5132 RH |
2396 | asection *asect; |
2397 | asymbol **new_syms; | |
dc810e39 | 2398 | bfd_size_type amt; |
252b5132 RH |
2399 | |
2400 | #ifdef DEBUG | |
2401 | fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n"); | |
2402 | fflush (stderr); | |
2403 | #endif | |
2404 | ||
2405 | /* Add a section symbol for each BFD section. FIXME: Is this really | |
2406 | necessary? */ | |
2407 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) | |
2408 | { | |
2409 | if (max_index < asect->index) | |
2410 | max_index = asect->index; | |
2411 | } | |
2412 | ||
2413 | max_index++; | |
dc810e39 AM |
2414 | amt = max_index * sizeof (asymbol *); |
2415 | sect_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
252b5132 RH |
2416 | if (sect_syms == NULL) |
2417 | return false; | |
2418 | elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms; | |
4e89ac30 | 2419 | elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index; |
252b5132 RH |
2420 | |
2421 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) | |
2422 | { | |
dc810e39 | 2423 | asymbol *sym = syms[idx]; |
c044fabd | 2424 | |
252b5132 RH |
2425 | if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0 |
2426 | && sym->value == 0) | |
2427 | { | |
2428 | asection *sec; | |
2429 | ||
2430 | sec = sym->section; | |
2431 | ||
2432 | if (sec->owner != NULL) | |
2433 | { | |
2434 | if (sec->owner != abfd) | |
2435 | { | |
2436 | if (sec->output_offset != 0) | |
2437 | continue; | |
c044fabd | 2438 | |
252b5132 RH |
2439 | sec = sec->output_section; |
2440 | ||
2441 | /* Empty sections in the input files may have had a section | |
2442 | symbol created for them. (See the comment near the end of | |
2443 | _bfd_generic_link_output_symbols in linker.c). If the linker | |
2444 | script discards such sections then we will reach this point. | |
2445 | Since we know that we cannot avoid this case, we detect it | |
2446 | and skip the abort and the assignment to the sect_syms array. | |
2447 | To reproduce this particular case try running the linker | |
2448 | testsuite test ld-scripts/weak.exp for an ELF port that uses | |
2449 | the generic linker. */ | |
2450 | if (sec->owner == NULL) | |
2451 | continue; | |
2452 | ||
2453 | BFD_ASSERT (sec->owner == abfd); | |
2454 | } | |
2455 | sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx]; | |
2456 | } | |
2457 | } | |
2458 | } | |
2459 | ||
2460 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) | |
2461 | { | |
dc810e39 AM |
2462 | asymbol *sym; |
2463 | ||
252b5132 RH |
2464 | if (sect_syms[asect->index] != NULL) |
2465 | continue; | |
2466 | ||
2467 | sym = bfd_make_empty_symbol (abfd); | |
2468 | if (sym == NULL) | |
2469 | return false; | |
2470 | sym->the_bfd = abfd; | |
2471 | sym->name = asect->name; | |
2472 | sym->value = 0; | |
2473 | /* Set the flags to 0 to indicate that this one was newly added. */ | |
2474 | sym->flags = 0; | |
2475 | sym->section = asect; | |
2476 | sect_syms[asect->index] = sym; | |
2477 | num_sections++; | |
2478 | #ifdef DEBUG | |
2479 | fprintf (stderr, | |
2480 | _("creating section symbol, name = %s, value = 0x%.8lx, index = %d, section = 0x%.8lx\n"), | |
2481 | asect->name, (long) asect->vma, asect->index, (long) asect); | |
2482 | #endif | |
2483 | } | |
2484 | ||
2485 | /* Classify all of the symbols. */ | |
2486 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) | |
2487 | { | |
2488 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx])) | |
2489 | num_locals++; | |
2490 | else | |
2491 | num_globals++; | |
2492 | } | |
2493 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) | |
2494 | { | |
2495 | if (sect_syms[asect->index] != NULL | |
2496 | && sect_syms[asect->index]->flags == 0) | |
2497 | { | |
2498 | sect_syms[asect->index]->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM; | |
2499 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sect_syms[asect->index])) | |
2500 | num_locals++; | |
2501 | else | |
2502 | num_globals++; | |
2503 | sect_syms[asect->index]->flags = 0; | |
2504 | } | |
2505 | } | |
2506 | ||
2507 | /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */ | |
dc810e39 AM |
2508 | amt = (num_locals + num_globals) * sizeof (asymbol *); |
2509 | new_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); | |
2510 | ||
252b5132 RH |
2511 | if (new_syms == NULL) |
2512 | return false; | |
2513 | ||
2514 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) | |
2515 | { | |
2516 | asymbol *sym = syms[idx]; | |
dc810e39 | 2517 | unsigned int i; |
252b5132 RH |
2518 | |
2519 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym)) | |
2520 | i = num_locals2++; | |
2521 | else | |
2522 | i = num_locals + num_globals2++; | |
2523 | new_syms[i] = sym; | |
2524 | sym->udata.i = i + 1; | |
2525 | } | |
2526 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) | |
2527 | { | |
2528 | if (sect_syms[asect->index] != NULL | |
2529 | && sect_syms[asect->index]->flags == 0) | |
2530 | { | |
2531 | asymbol *sym = sect_syms[asect->index]; | |
dc810e39 | 2532 | unsigned int i; |
252b5132 RH |
2533 | |
2534 | sym->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM; | |
2535 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym)) | |
2536 | i = num_locals2++; | |
2537 | else | |
2538 | i = num_locals + num_globals2++; | |
2539 | new_syms[i] = sym; | |
2540 | sym->udata.i = i + 1; | |
2541 | } | |
2542 | } | |
2543 | ||
2544 | bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals); | |
2545 | ||
2546 | elf_num_locals (abfd) = num_locals; | |
2547 | elf_num_globals (abfd) = num_globals; | |
2548 | return true; | |
2549 | } | |
2550 | ||
2551 | /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any | |
2552 | ELF data structure. */ | |
2553 | ||
2554 | static INLINE file_ptr align_file_position PARAMS ((file_ptr, int)); | |
2555 | static INLINE file_ptr | |
2556 | align_file_position (off, align) | |
2557 | file_ptr off; | |
2558 | int align; | |
2559 | { | |
2560 | return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1); | |
2561 | } | |
2562 | ||
2563 | /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the | |
2564 | required section alignment. */ | |
2565 | ||
2566 | INLINE file_ptr | |
2567 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (i_shdrp, offset, align) | |
2568 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp; | |
2569 | file_ptr offset; | |
2570 | boolean align; | |
2571 | { | |
2572 | if (align) | |
2573 | { | |
2574 | unsigned int al; | |
2575 | ||
2576 | al = i_shdrp->sh_addralign; | |
2577 | if (al > 1) | |
2578 | offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, al); | |
2579 | } | |
2580 | i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset; | |
2581 | if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL) | |
2582 | i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset; | |
2583 | if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) | |
2584 | offset += i_shdrp->sh_size; | |
2585 | return offset; | |
2586 | } | |
2587 | ||
2588 | /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and | |
2589 | otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO | |
2590 | is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */ | |
2591 | ||
2592 | boolean | |
2593 | _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, link_info) | |
2594 | bfd *abfd; | |
2595 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info; | |
2596 | { | |
2597 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
2598 | boolean failed; | |
2599 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab; | |
2600 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr; | |
2601 | ||
2602 | if (abfd->output_has_begun) | |
2603 | return true; | |
2604 | ||
2605 | /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */ | |
2606 | if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) | |
2607 | (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info); | |
2608 | ||
2609 | if (! prep_headers (abfd)) | |
2610 | return false; | |
2611 | ||
e6c51ed4 NC |
2612 | /* Post process the headers if necessary. */ |
2613 | if (bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) | |
2614 | (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info); | |
2615 | ||
252b5132 RH |
2616 | failed = false; |
2617 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &failed); | |
2618 | if (failed) | |
2619 | return false; | |
2620 | ||
2621 | if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd)) | |
2622 | return false; | |
2623 | ||
2624 | /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */ | |
2625 | if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0) | |
2626 | { | |
2627 | /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */ | |
2628 | int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)); | |
2629 | ||
2630 | if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p)) | |
2631 | return false; | |
2632 | } | |
2633 | ||
dbb410c3 AM |
2634 | if (link_info == NULL || link_info->relocateable) |
2635 | { | |
2636 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, set_group_contents, &failed); | |
2637 | if (failed) | |
2638 | return false; | |
2639 | } | |
2640 | ||
252b5132 RH |
2641 | shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr; |
2642 | /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */ | |
2643 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; | |
2644 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; | |
2645 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; | |
2646 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); | |
2647 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; | |
2648 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0; | |
2649 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0; | |
2650 | /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */ | |
2651 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1; | |
2652 | ||
2653 | if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd)) | |
2654 | return false; | |
2655 | ||
2656 | if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0) | |
2657 | { | |
2658 | file_ptr off; | |
2659 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; | |
2660 | ||
2661 | off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos; | |
2662 | ||
2663 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; | |
2664 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, true); | |
2665 | ||
2666 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; | |
2667 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, true); | |
2668 | ||
2669 | elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off; | |
2670 | ||
2671 | /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it | |
2672 | out. */ | |
2673 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 | |
2674 | || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab)) | |
2675 | return false; | |
2676 | _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab); | |
2677 | } | |
2678 | ||
2679 | abfd->output_has_begun = true; | |
2680 | ||
2681 | return true; | |
2682 | } | |
2683 | ||
2684 | /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */ | |
2685 | ||
2686 | static INLINE struct elf_segment_map * | |
2687 | make_mapping (abfd, sections, from, to, phdr) | |
2688 | bfd *abfd; | |
2689 | asection **sections; | |
2690 | unsigned int from; | |
2691 | unsigned int to; | |
2692 | boolean phdr; | |
2693 | { | |
2694 | struct elf_segment_map *m; | |
2695 | unsigned int i; | |
2696 | asection **hdrpp; | |
dc810e39 | 2697 | bfd_size_type amt; |
252b5132 | 2698 | |
dc810e39 AM |
2699 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
2700 | amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *); | |
2701 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
252b5132 RH |
2702 | if (m == NULL) |
2703 | return NULL; | |
2704 | m->next = NULL; | |
2705 | m->p_type = PT_LOAD; | |
2706 | for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++) | |
2707 | m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp; | |
2708 | m->count = to - from; | |
2709 | ||
2710 | if (from == 0 && phdr) | |
2711 | { | |
2712 | /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */ | |
2713 | m->includes_filehdr = 1; | |
2714 | m->includes_phdrs = 1; | |
2715 | } | |
2716 | ||
2717 | return m; | |
2718 | } | |
2719 | ||
2720 | /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */ | |
2721 | ||
2722 | static boolean | |
2723 | map_sections_to_segments (abfd) | |
2724 | bfd *abfd; | |
2725 | { | |
2726 | asection **sections = NULL; | |
2727 | asection *s; | |
2728 | unsigned int i; | |
2729 | unsigned int count; | |
2730 | struct elf_segment_map *mfirst; | |
2731 | struct elf_segment_map **pm; | |
2732 | struct elf_segment_map *m; | |
2733 | asection *last_hdr; | |
2734 | unsigned int phdr_index; | |
2735 | bfd_vma maxpagesize; | |
2736 | asection **hdrpp; | |
2737 | boolean phdr_in_segment = true; | |
2738 | boolean writable; | |
2739 | asection *dynsec; | |
dc810e39 | 2740 | bfd_size_type amt; |
252b5132 RH |
2741 | |
2742 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map != NULL) | |
2743 | return true; | |
2744 | ||
2745 | if (bfd_count_sections (abfd) == 0) | |
2746 | return true; | |
2747 | ||
2748 | /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */ | |
2749 | ||
dc810e39 AM |
2750 | amt = bfd_count_sections (abfd) * sizeof (asection *); |
2751 | sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt); | |
252b5132 RH |
2752 | if (sections == NULL) |
2753 | goto error_return; | |
2754 | ||
2755 | i = 0; | |
2756 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) | |
2757 | { | |
2758 | if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) | |
2759 | { | |
2760 | sections[i] = s; | |
2761 | ++i; | |
2762 | } | |
2763 | } | |
2764 | BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd)); | |
2765 | count = i; | |
2766 | ||
2767 | qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections); | |
2768 | ||
2769 | /* Build the mapping. */ | |
2770 | ||
2771 | mfirst = NULL; | |
2772 | pm = &mfirst; | |
2773 | ||
2774 | /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for | |
2775 | the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp | |
2776 | section. */ | |
2777 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp"); | |
2778 | if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) | |
2779 | { | |
dc810e39 AM |
2780 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
2781 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
252b5132 RH |
2782 | if (m == NULL) |
2783 | goto error_return; | |
2784 | m->next = NULL; | |
2785 | m->p_type = PT_PHDR; | |
2786 | /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */ | |
2787 | m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X; | |
2788 | m->p_flags_valid = 1; | |
2789 | m->includes_phdrs = 1; | |
2790 | ||
2791 | *pm = m; | |
2792 | pm = &m->next; | |
2793 | ||
dc810e39 AM |
2794 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
2795 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
252b5132 RH |
2796 | if (m == NULL) |
2797 | goto error_return; | |
2798 | m->next = NULL; | |
2799 | m->p_type = PT_INTERP; | |
2800 | m->count = 1; | |
2801 | m->sections[0] = s; | |
2802 | ||
2803 | *pm = m; | |
2804 | pm = &m->next; | |
2805 | } | |
2806 | ||
2807 | /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program | |
2808 | segment when the start of the second section can be placed within | |
2809 | a few bytes of the end of the first section. */ | |
2810 | last_hdr = NULL; | |
2811 | phdr_index = 0; | |
2812 | maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->maxpagesize; | |
2813 | writable = false; | |
2814 | dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); | |
2815 | if (dynsec != NULL | |
2816 | && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0) | |
2817 | dynsec = NULL; | |
2818 | ||
2819 | /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section | |
2820 | is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an | |
2821 | approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many | |
2822 | program headers we will need. */ | |
2823 | if (count > 0) | |
2824 | { | |
2825 | bfd_size_type phdr_size; | |
2826 | ||
2827 | phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size; | |
2828 | if (phdr_size == 0) | |
2829 | phdr_size = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_phdr; | |
2830 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0 | |
2831 | || sections[0]->lma < phdr_size | |
2832 | || sections[0]->lma % maxpagesize < phdr_size % maxpagesize) | |
2833 | phdr_in_segment = false; | |
2834 | } | |
2835 | ||
2836 | for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++) | |
2837 | { | |
2838 | asection *hdr; | |
2839 | boolean new_segment; | |
2840 | ||
2841 | hdr = *hdrpp; | |
2842 | ||
2843 | /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same | |
2844 | segment. */ | |
2845 | ||
2846 | if (last_hdr == NULL) | |
2847 | { | |
2848 | /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new | |
2849 | one (we build the last one after this loop). */ | |
2850 | new_segment = false; | |
2851 | } | |
2852 | else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma) | |
2853 | { | |
2854 | /* If this section has a different relation between the | |
2855 | virtual address and the load address, then we need a new | |
2856 | segment. */ | |
2857 | new_segment = true; | |
2858 | } | |
2859 | else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_hdr->_raw_size, maxpagesize) | |
2860 | < BFD_ALIGN (hdr->lma, maxpagesize)) | |
2861 | { | |
2862 | /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to | |
2863 | skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */ | |
2864 | new_segment = true; | |
2865 | } | |
2866 | else if ((last_hdr->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0 | |
2867 | && (hdr->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) | |
2868 | { | |
2869 | /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a | |
2870 | nonloadable section in the same segment. */ | |
2871 | new_segment = true; | |
2872 | } | |
2873 | else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0) | |
2874 | { | |
2875 | /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we | |
2876 | don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the | |
2877 | file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */ | |
2878 | new_segment = false; | |
2879 | } | |
2880 | else if (! writable | |
2881 | && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0 | |
2882 | && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_hdr->_raw_size, maxpagesize) | |
2883 | == hdr->lma)) | |
2884 | { | |
2885 | /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only | |
2886 | segment, unless they are on the same page in memory | |
2887 | anyhow. We already know that the last section does not | |
2888 | bring us past the current section on the page, so the | |
2889 | only case in which the new section is not on the same | |
2890 | page as the previous section is when the previous section | |
2891 | ends precisely on a page boundary. */ | |
2892 | new_segment = true; | |
2893 | } | |
2894 | else | |
2895 | { | |
2896 | /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */ | |
2897 | new_segment = false; | |
2898 | } | |
2899 | ||
2900 | if (! new_segment) | |
2901 | { | |
2902 | if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) | |
2903 | writable = true; | |
2904 | last_hdr = hdr; | |
2905 | continue; | |
2906 | } | |
2907 | ||
2908 | /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program | |
2909 | header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */ | |
2910 | ||
2911 | m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment); | |
2912 | if (m == NULL) | |
2913 | goto error_return; | |
2914 | ||
2915 | *pm = m; | |
2916 | pm = &m->next; | |
2917 | ||
2918 | if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) | |
2919 | writable = true; | |
2920 | else | |
2921 | writable = false; | |
2922 | ||
2923 | last_hdr = hdr; | |
2924 | phdr_index = i; | |
2925 | phdr_in_segment = false; | |
2926 | } | |
2927 | ||
2928 | /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */ | |
2929 | if (last_hdr != NULL) | |
2930 | { | |
2931 | m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment); | |
2932 | if (m == NULL) | |
2933 | goto error_return; | |
2934 | ||
2935 | *pm = m; | |
2936 | pm = &m->next; | |
2937 | } | |
2938 | ||
2939 | /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ | |
2940 | if (dynsec != NULL) | |
2941 | { | |
dc810e39 AM |
2942 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
2943 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
252b5132 RH |
2944 | if (m == NULL) |
2945 | goto error_return; | |
2946 | m->next = NULL; | |
2947 | m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC; | |
2948 | m->count = 1; | |
2949 | m->sections[0] = dynsec; | |
2950 | ||
2951 | *pm = m; | |
2952 | pm = &m->next; | |
2953 | } | |
2954 | ||
2955 | /* For each loadable .note section, add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't | |
2956 | use bfd_get_section_by_name, because if we link together | |
2957 | nonloadable .note sections and loadable .note sections, we will | |
2958 | generate two .note sections in the output file. FIXME: Using | |
2959 | names for section types is bogus anyhow. */ | |
2960 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) | |
2961 | { | |
2962 | if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 | |
2963 | && strncmp (s->name, ".note", 5) == 0) | |
2964 | { | |
dc810e39 AM |
2965 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
2966 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
252b5132 RH |
2967 | if (m == NULL) |
2968 | goto error_return; | |
2969 | m->next = NULL; | |
2970 | m->p_type = PT_NOTE; | |
2971 | m->count = 1; | |
2972 | m->sections[0] = s; | |
2973 | ||
2974 | *pm = m; | |
2975 | pm = &m->next; | |
2976 | } | |
2977 | } | |
2978 | ||
2979 | free (sections); | |
2980 | sections = NULL; | |
2981 | ||
2982 | elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map = mfirst; | |
2983 | return true; | |
2984 | ||
2985 | error_return: | |
2986 | if (sections != NULL) | |
2987 | free (sections); | |
2988 | return false; | |
2989 | } | |
2990 | ||
2991 | /* Sort sections by address. */ | |
2992 | ||
2993 | static int | |
2994 | elf_sort_sections (arg1, arg2) | |
2995 | const PTR arg1; | |
2996 | const PTR arg2; | |
2997 | { | |
2998 | const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1; | |
2999 | const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2; | |
3000 | ||
3001 | /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to | |
3002 | place the section into a segment. */ | |
3003 | if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma) | |
3004 | return -1; | |
3005 | else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma) | |
3006 | return 1; | |
3007 | ||
3008 | /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be | |
3009 | the same, and this will do nothing. */ | |
3010 | if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma) | |
3011 | return -1; | |
3012 | else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma) | |
3013 | return 1; | |
3014 | ||
3015 | /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */ | |
3016 | ||
3017 | #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0) | |
3018 | ||
3019 | if (TOEND (sec1)) | |
3020 | { | |
3021 | if (TOEND (sec2)) | |
00a7cdc5 NC |
3022 | { |
3023 | /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0 | |
3024 | here, but continue to try the next comparison. */ | |
3025 | if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0) | |
3026 | return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index; | |
3027 | } | |
252b5132 RH |
3028 | else |
3029 | return 1; | |
3030 | } | |
00a7cdc5 | 3031 | else if (TOEND (sec2)) |
252b5132 RH |
3032 | return -1; |
3033 | ||
3034 | #undef TOEND | |
3035 | ||
00a7cdc5 NC |
3036 | /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections |
3037 | before others at the same address. */ | |
252b5132 RH |
3038 | |
3039 | if (sec1->_raw_size < sec2->_raw_size) | |
3040 | return -1; | |
3041 | if (sec1->_raw_size > sec2->_raw_size) | |
3042 | return 1; | |
3043 | ||
3044 | return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index; | |
3045 | } | |
3046 | ||
3047 | /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from | |
3048 | sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in | |
3049 | the file header, and writes out the program headers. */ | |
3050 | ||
3051 | static boolean | |
3052 | assign_file_positions_for_segments (abfd) | |
3053 | bfd *abfd; | |
3054 | { | |
3055 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
3056 | unsigned int count; | |
3057 | struct elf_segment_map *m; | |
3058 | unsigned int alloc; | |
3059 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs; | |
3060 | file_ptr off, voff; | |
3061 | bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr; | |
3062 | bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr; | |
3063 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; | |
dc810e39 | 3064 | bfd_size_type amt; |
252b5132 RH |
3065 | |
3066 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map == NULL) | |
3067 | { | |
3068 | if (! map_sections_to_segments (abfd)) | |
3069 | return false; | |
3070 | } | |
3071 | ||
3072 | if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) | |
3073 | { | |
3074 | if (! (*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd)) | |
3075 | return false; | |
3076 | } | |
3077 | ||
3078 | count = 0; | |
3079 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next) | |
3080 | ++count; | |
3081 | ||
3082 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; | |
3083 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr; | |
3084 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = count; | |
3085 | ||
3086 | if (count == 0) | |
3087 | return true; | |
3088 | ||
3089 | /* If we already counted the number of program segments, make sure | |
3090 | that we allocated enough space. This happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS | |
3091 | is used in a linker script. */ | |
3092 | alloc = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr; | |
3093 | if (alloc != 0 && count > alloc) | |
3094 | { | |
3095 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) | |
3096 | (_("%s: Not enough room for program headers (allocated %u, need %u)"), | |
3097 | bfd_get_filename (abfd), alloc, count)); | |
3098 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | |
3099 | return false; | |
3100 | } | |
3101 | ||
3102 | if (alloc == 0) | |
3103 | alloc = count; | |
3104 | ||
dc810e39 AM |
3105 | amt = alloc * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr); |
3106 | phdrs = (Elf_Internal_Phdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); | |
252b5132 RH |
3107 | if (phdrs == NULL) |
3108 | return false; | |
3109 | ||
3110 | off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; | |
3111 | off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; | |
3112 | ||
3113 | filehdr_vaddr = 0; | |
3114 | filehdr_paddr = 0; | |
3115 | phdrs_vaddr = 0; | |
3116 | phdrs_paddr = 0; | |
3117 | ||
3118 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs; | |
3119 | m != NULL; | |
3120 | m = m->next, p++) | |
3121 | { | |
3122 | unsigned int i; | |
3123 | asection **secpp; | |
3124 | ||
3125 | /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the | |
3126 | sections may not be correctly ordered. */ | |
3127 | if (m->count > 0) | |
3128 | qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *), | |
3129 | elf_sort_sections); | |
3130 | ||
3131 | p->p_type = m->p_type; | |
28a7f3e7 | 3132 | p->p_flags = m->p_flags; |
252b5132 RH |
3133 | |
3134 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD | |
3135 | && m->count > 0 | |
3136 | && (m->sections[0]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) | |
3137 | { | |
3138 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0) | |
3139 | off += (m->sections[0]->vma - off) % bed->maxpagesize; | |
3140 | else | |
3141 | { | |
3142 | bfd_size_type align; | |
3143 | ||
3144 | align = 0; | |
3145 | for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++) | |
3146 | { | |
3147 | bfd_size_type secalign; | |
3148 | ||
3149 | secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp); | |
3150 | if (secalign > align) | |
3151 | align = secalign; | |
3152 | } | |
3153 | ||
3154 | off += (m->sections[0]->vma - off) % (1 << align); | |
3155 | } | |
3156 | } | |
3157 | ||
3158 | if (m->count == 0) | |
3159 | p->p_vaddr = 0; | |
3160 | else | |
3161 | p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma; | |
3162 | ||
3163 | if (m->p_paddr_valid) | |
3164 | p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr; | |
3165 | else if (m->count == 0) | |
3166 | p->p_paddr = 0; | |
3167 | else | |
3168 | p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma; | |
3169 | ||
3170 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD | |
3171 | && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0) | |
3172 | p->p_align = bed->maxpagesize; | |
3173 | else if (m->count == 0) | |
3174 | p->p_align = bed->s->file_align; | |
3175 | else | |
3176 | p->p_align = 0; | |
3177 | ||
3178 | p->p_offset = 0; | |
3179 | p->p_filesz = 0; | |
3180 | p->p_memsz = 0; | |
3181 | ||
3182 | if (m->includes_filehdr) | |
3183 | { | |
3184 | if (! m->p_flags_valid) | |
3185 | p->p_flags |= PF_R; | |
3186 | p->p_offset = 0; | |
3187 | p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; | |
3188 | p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; | |
3189 | if (m->count > 0) | |
3190 | { | |
3191 | BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD); | |
3192 | ||
3193 | if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off) | |
3194 | { | |
3195 | _bfd_error_handler (_("%s: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"), | |
3196 | bfd_get_filename (abfd)); | |
3197 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | |
3198 | return false; | |
3199 | } | |
3200 | ||
3201 | p->p_vaddr -= off; | |
3202 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid) | |
3203 | p->p_paddr -= off; | |
3204 | } | |
3205 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD) | |
3206 | { | |
3207 | filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr; | |
3208 | filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr; | |
3209 | } | |
3210 | } | |
3211 | ||
3212 | if (m->includes_phdrs) | |
3213 | { | |
3214 | if (! m->p_flags_valid) | |
3215 | p->p_flags |= PF_R; | |
3216 | ||
3217 | if (m->includes_filehdr) | |
3218 | { | |
3219 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD) | |
3220 | { | |
3221 | phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; | |
3222 | phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; | |
3223 | } | |
3224 | } | |
3225 | else | |
3226 | { | |
3227 | p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; | |
3228 | ||
3229 | if (m->count > 0) | |
3230 | { | |
3231 | BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD); | |
3232 | p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset; | |
3233 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid) | |
3234 | p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset; | |
3235 | } | |
3236 | ||
3237 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD) | |
3238 | { | |
3239 | phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr; | |
3240 | phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr; | |
3241 | } | |
3242 | else | |
3243 | phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; | |
3244 | } | |
3245 | ||
3246 | p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; | |
3247 | p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; | |
3248 | } | |
3249 | ||
3250 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD | |
3251 | || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)) | |
3252 | { | |
3253 | if (! m->includes_filehdr && ! m->includes_phdrs) | |
3254 | p->p_offset = off; | |
3255 | else | |
3256 | { | |
3257 | file_ptr adjust; | |
3258 | ||
3259 | adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz); | |
3260 | p->p_filesz += adjust; | |
3261 | p->p_memsz += adjust; | |
3262 | } | |
3263 | } | |
3264 | ||
3265 | voff = off; | |
3266 | ||
3267 | for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++) | |
3268 | { | |
3269 | asection *sec; | |
3270 | flagword flags; | |
3271 | bfd_size_type align; | |
3272 | ||
3273 | sec = *secpp; | |
3274 | flags = sec->flags; | |
3275 | align = 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec); | |
3276 | ||
3277 | /* The section may have artificial alignment forced by a | |
3278 | link script. Notice this case by the gap between the | |
3279 | cumulative phdr vma and the section's vma. */ | |
3280 | if (p->p_vaddr + p->p_memsz < sec->vma) | |
3281 | { | |
3282 | bfd_vma adjust = sec->vma - (p->p_vaddr + p->p_memsz); | |
3283 | ||
3284 | p->p_memsz += adjust; | |
3285 | off += adjust; | |
3286 | voff += adjust; | |
3287 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) | |
3288 | p->p_filesz += adjust; | |
3289 | } | |
3290 | ||
3291 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD) | |
3292 | { | |
3293 | bfd_signed_vma adjust; | |
3294 | ||
3295 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) | |
3296 | { | |
3297 | adjust = sec->lma - (p->p_paddr + p->p_memsz); | |
3298 | if (adjust < 0) | |
3299 | adjust = 0; | |
3300 | } | |
3301 | else if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) | |
3302 | { | |
3303 | /* The section VMA must equal the file position | |
3304 | modulo the page size. FIXME: I'm not sure if | |
3305 | this adjustment is really necessary. We used to | |
3306 | not have the SEC_LOAD case just above, and then | |
3307 | this was necessary, but now I'm not sure. */ | |
3308 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0) | |
3309 | adjust = (sec->vma - voff) % bed->maxpagesize; | |
3310 | else | |
3311 | adjust = (sec->vma - voff) % align; | |
3312 | } | |
3313 | else | |
3314 | adjust = 0; | |
3315 | ||
3316 | if (adjust != 0) | |
3317 | { | |
3318 | if (i == 0) | |
3319 | { | |
3320 | (* _bfd_error_handler) | |
3321 | (_("Error: First section in segment (%s) starts at 0x%x"), | |
3322 | bfd_section_name (abfd, sec), sec->lma); | |
3323 | (* _bfd_error_handler) | |
3324 | (_(" whereas segment starts at 0x%x"), | |
3325 | p->p_paddr); | |
3326 | ||
3327 | return false; | |
3328 | } | |
3329 | p->p_memsz += adjust; | |
3330 | off += adjust; | |
3331 | voff += adjust; | |
3332 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) | |
3333 | p->p_filesz += adjust; | |
3334 | } | |
3335 | ||
3336 | sec->filepos = off; | |
3337 | ||
3338 | /* We check SEC_HAS_CONTENTS here because if NOLOAD is | |
3339 | used in a linker script we may have a section with | |
3340 | SEC_LOAD clear but which is supposed to have | |
3341 | contents. */ | |
3342 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 | |
3343 | || (flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0) | |
3344 | off += sec->_raw_size; | |
3345 | ||
3346 | if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) | |
3347 | voff += sec->_raw_size; | |
3348 | } | |
3349 | ||
3350 | if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core) | |
3351 | { | |
4a938328 MS |
3352 | /* The actual "note" segment has i == 0. |
3353 | This is the one that actually contains everything. */ | |
3354 | if (i == 0) | |
3355 | { | |
252b5132 RH |
3356 | sec->filepos = off; |
3357 | p->p_filesz = sec->_raw_size; | |
3358 | off += sec->_raw_size; | |
3359 | voff = off; | |
3360 | } | |
4a938328 | 3361 | else |
252b5132 | 3362 | { |
4a938328 | 3363 | /* Fake sections -- don't need to be written. */ |
252b5132 RH |
3364 | sec->filepos = 0; |
3365 | sec->_raw_size = 0; | |
4a938328 | 3366 | flags = sec->flags = 0; |
252b5132 RH |
3367 | } |
3368 | p->p_memsz = 0; | |
3369 | p->p_align = 1; | |
3370 | } | |
3371 | else | |
3372 | { | |
3373 | p->p_memsz += sec->_raw_size; | |
3374 | ||
3375 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) | |
3376 | p->p_filesz += sec->_raw_size; | |
3377 | ||
3378 | if (align > p->p_align | |
3379 | && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)) | |
3380 | p->p_align = align; | |
3381 | } | |
3382 | ||
3383 | if (! m->p_flags_valid) | |
3384 | { | |
3385 | p->p_flags |= PF_R; | |
3386 | if ((flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) | |
3387 | p->p_flags |= PF_X; | |
3388 | if ((flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) | |
3389 | p->p_flags |= PF_W; | |
3390 | } | |
3391 | } | |
3392 | } | |
3393 | ||
3394 | /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up | |
3395 | the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */ | |
3396 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs; | |
3397 | m != NULL; | |
3398 | m = m->next, p++) | |
3399 | { | |
3400 | if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD && m->count > 0) | |
3401 | { | |
3402 | BFD_ASSERT (! m->includes_filehdr && ! m->includes_phdrs); | |
3403 | p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos; | |
3404 | } | |
3405 | if (m->count == 0) | |
3406 | { | |
3407 | if (m->includes_filehdr) | |
3408 | { | |
3409 | p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr; | |
3410 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid) | |
3411 | p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr; | |
3412 | } | |
3413 | else if (m->includes_phdrs) | |
3414 | { | |
3415 | p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr; | |
3416 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid) | |
3417 | p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr; | |
3418 | } | |
3419 | } | |
3420 | } | |
3421 | ||
3422 | /* Clear out any program headers we allocated but did not use. */ | |
3423 | for (; count < alloc; count++, p++) | |
3424 | { | |
3425 | memset (p, 0, sizeof *p); | |
3426 | p->p_type = PT_NULL; | |
3427 | } | |
3428 | ||
3429 | elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs; | |
3430 | ||
3431 | elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off; | |
3432 | ||
3433 | /* Write out the program headers. */ | |
dc810e39 | 3434 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
252b5132 RH |
3435 | || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, phdrs, alloc) != 0) |
3436 | return false; | |
3437 | ||
3438 | return true; | |
3439 | } | |
3440 | ||
3441 | /* Get the size of the program header. | |
3442 | ||
3443 | If this is called by the linker before any of the section VMA's are set, it | |
3444 | can't calculate the correct value for a strange memory layout. This only | |
3445 | happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS is used in a linker script. In this case, | |
3446 | SORTED_HDRS is NULL and we assume the normal scenario of one text and one | |
3447 | data segment (exclusive of .interp and .dynamic). | |
3448 | ||
3449 | ??? User written scripts must either not use SIZEOF_HEADERS, or assume there | |
3450 | will be two segments. */ | |
3451 | ||
3452 | static bfd_size_type | |
3453 | get_program_header_size (abfd) | |
3454 | bfd *abfd; | |
3455 | { | |
3456 | size_t segs; | |
3457 | asection *s; | |
3458 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
3459 | ||
3460 | /* We can't return a different result each time we're called. */ | |
3461 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size != 0) | |
3462 | return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size; | |
3463 | ||
3464 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map != NULL) | |
3465 | { | |
3466 | struct elf_segment_map *m; | |
3467 | ||
3468 | segs = 0; | |
3469 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next) | |
3470 | ++segs; | |
3471 | elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; | |
3472 | return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size; | |
3473 | } | |
3474 | ||
3475 | /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text | |
3476 | and one for data. */ | |
3477 | segs = 2; | |
3478 | ||
3479 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp"); | |
3480 | if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) | |
3481 | { | |
3482 | /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a | |
3483 | PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a | |
3484 | PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all | |
3485 | targets. */ | |
3486 | segs += 2; | |
3487 | } | |
3488 | ||
3489 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL) | |
3490 | { | |
3491 | /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ | |
3492 | ++segs; | |
3493 | } | |
3494 | ||
3495 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) | |
3496 | { | |
3497 | if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 | |
3498 | && strncmp (s->name, ".note", 5) == 0) | |
3499 | { | |
3500 | /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */ | |
3501 | ++segs; | |
3502 | } | |
3503 | } | |
3504 | ||
3505 | /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */ | |
3506 | if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) | |
3507 | { | |
3508 | int a; | |
3509 | ||
3510 | a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd); | |
3511 | if (a == -1) | |
3512 | abort (); | |
3513 | segs += a; | |
3514 | } | |
3515 | ||
3516 | elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; | |
3517 | return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size; | |
3518 | } | |
3519 | ||
3520 | /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by | |
3521 | _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and | |
3522 | VMAs must be known before this is called. | |
3523 | ||
3524 | We do not consider reloc sections at this point, unless they form | |
3525 | part of the loadable image. Reloc sections are assigned file | |
3526 | positions in assign_file_positions_for_relocs, which is called by | |
3527 | write_object_contents and final_link. | |
3528 | ||
3529 | We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */ | |
3530 | ||
3531 | static boolean | |
3532 | assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd) | |
3533 | bfd *abfd; | |
3534 | { | |
3535 | struct elf_obj_tdata * const tdata = elf_tdata (abfd); | |
3536 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr * const i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); | |
3537 | Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd); | |
3538 | file_ptr off; | |
3539 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
3540 | ||
3541 | if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0 | |
3542 | && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core) | |
3543 | { | |
3544 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; | |
3545 | unsigned int i; | |
3546 | ||
3547 | /* Start after the ELF header. */ | |
3548 | off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize; | |
3549 | ||
3550 | /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are | |
3551 | not creating a program header, and that the actual order of | |
3552 | the sections in the file is unimportant. */ | |
3553 | for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; i++, hdrpp++) | |
3554 | { | |
3555 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; | |
3556 | ||
3557 | hdr = *hdrpp; | |
3558 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA) | |
3559 | { | |
3560 | hdr->sh_offset = -1; | |
3561 | continue; | |
3562 | } | |
3563 | if (i == tdata->symtab_section | |
3564 | || i == tdata->strtab_section) | |
3565 | { | |
3566 | hdr->sh_offset = -1; | |
3567 | continue; | |
3568 | } | |
3569 | ||
3570 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, true); | |
3571 | } | |
3572 | } | |
3573 | else | |
3574 | { | |
3575 | unsigned int i; | |
3576 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; | |
3577 | ||
3578 | /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the | |
3579 | assignment of sections to segments. */ | |
3580 | if (! assign_file_positions_for_segments (abfd)) | |
3581 | return false; | |
3582 | ||
3583 | /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */ | |
3584 | ||
3585 | off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos; | |
3586 | for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; i++, hdrpp++) | |
3587 | { | |
3588 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; | |
3589 | ||
3590 | hdr = *hdrpp; | |
3591 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL | |
3592 | && hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0) | |
3593 | hdr->sh_offset = hdr->bfd_section->filepos; | |
3594 | else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) | |
3595 | { | |
3596 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) | |
3597 | (_("%s: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"), | |
3598 | bfd_get_filename (abfd), | |
3599 | (hdr->bfd_section == NULL | |
3600 | ? "*unknown*" | |
3601 | : hdr->bfd_section->name))); | |
3602 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0) | |
3603 | off += (hdr->sh_addr - off) % bed->maxpagesize; | |
3604 | else | |
3605 | off += (hdr->sh_addr - off) % hdr->sh_addralign; | |
3606 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, | |
3607 | false); | |
3608 | } | |
3609 | else if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL | |
3610 | || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA | |
3611 | || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_section] | |
3612 | || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->strtab_section]) | |
3613 | hdr->sh_offset = -1; | |
3614 | else | |
3615 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, true); | |
3616 | } | |
3617 | } | |
3618 | ||
3619 | /* Place the section headers. */ | |
3620 | off = align_file_position (off, bed->s->file_align); | |
3621 | i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off; | |
3622 | off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize; | |
3623 | ||
3624 | elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off; | |
3625 | ||
3626 | return true; | |
3627 | } | |
3628 | ||
3629 | static boolean | |
3630 | prep_headers (abfd) | |
3631 | bfd *abfd; | |
3632 | { | |
3633 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */ | |
3634 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp = 0; /* Program header table, internal form */ | |
3635 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; /* Section header table, internal form */ | |
3636 | int count; | |
3637 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *shstrtab; | |
3638 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
3639 | ||
3640 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); | |
3641 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); | |
3642 | ||
3643 | shstrtab = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (); | |
3644 | if (shstrtab == NULL) | |
3645 | return false; | |
3646 | ||
3647 | elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab; | |
3648 | ||
3649 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0; | |
3650 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1; | |
3651 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2; | |
3652 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3; | |
3653 | ||
3654 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass; | |
3655 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] = | |
3656 | bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB; | |
3657 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current; | |
3658 | ||
ee44def1 | 3659 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = ELFOSABI_NONE; |
e6c51ed4 NC |
3660 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION] = 0; |
3661 | ||
252b5132 RH |
3662 | for (count = EI_PAD; count < EI_NIDENT; count++) |
3663 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[count] = 0; | |
3664 | ||
3665 | if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0) | |
3666 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN; | |
3667 | else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0) | |
3668 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC; | |
3669 | else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core) | |
3670 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE; | |
3671 | else | |
3672 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL; | |
3673 | ||
3674 | switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd)) | |
3675 | { | |
3676 | case bfd_arch_unknown: | |
3677 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE; | |
3678 | break; | |
aa4f99bb AO |
3679 | |
3680 | /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting | |
3681 | e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE | |
3682 | in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication, | |
3683 | the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling | |
3684 | can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(), | |
3685 | unless they need the information earlier than the final write. | |
3686 | Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for | |
3687 | e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */ | |
252b5132 | 3688 | default: |
aa4f99bb AO |
3689 | if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd) != NULL) |
3690 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_machine_code; | |
3691 | else | |
3692 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE; | |
3693 | } | |
3694 | ||
252b5132 RH |
3695 | i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current; |
3696 | i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; | |
3697 | ||
c044fabd | 3698 | /* No program header, for now. */ |
252b5132 RH |
3699 | i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0; |
3700 | i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0; | |
3701 | i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0; | |
3702 | ||
c044fabd | 3703 | /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */ |
252b5132 RH |
3704 | i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd); |
3705 | i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr; | |
3706 | ||
c044fabd | 3707 | /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */ |
252b5132 RH |
3708 | if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P) |
3709 | { | |
c044fabd | 3710 | /* It all happens later. */ |
252b5132 RH |
3711 | #if 0 |
3712 | i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Phdr); | |
3713 | ||
3714 | /* elf_build_phdrs() returns a (NULL-terminated) array of | |
c044fabd | 3715 | Elf_Internal_Phdrs. */ |
252b5132 RH |
3716 | i_phdrp = elf_build_phdrs (abfd, i_ehdrp, i_shdrp, &i_ehdrp->e_phnum); |
3717 | i_ehdrp->e_phoff = outbase; | |
3718 | outbase += i_ehdrp->e_phentsize * i_ehdrp->e_phnum; | |
3719 | #endif | |
3720 | } | |
3721 | else | |
3722 | { | |
3723 | i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0; | |
3724 | i_phdrp = 0; | |
3725 | i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0; | |
3726 | } | |
3727 | ||
3728 | elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name = | |
3729 | (unsigned int) _bfd_stringtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", true, false); | |
3730 | elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name = | |
3731 | (unsigned int) _bfd_stringtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", true, false); | |
3732 | elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name = | |
3733 | (unsigned int) _bfd_stringtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", true, false); | |
3734 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1 | |
3735 | || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1 | |
3736 | || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) | |
3737 | return false; | |
3738 | ||
3739 | return true; | |
3740 | } | |
3741 | ||
3742 | /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part | |
3743 | of the loadable file image. */ | |
3744 | ||
3745 | void | |
3746 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd) | |
3747 | bfd *abfd; | |
3748 | { | |
3749 | file_ptr off; | |
3750 | unsigned int i; | |
3751 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp; | |
3752 | ||
3753 | off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos; | |
3754 | ||
3755 | for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; | |
3756 | i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum; | |
3757 | i++, shdrpp++) | |
3758 | { | |
3759 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp; | |
3760 | ||
3761 | shdrp = *shdrpp; | |
3762 | if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA) | |
3763 | && shdrp->sh_offset == -1) | |
3764 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, true); | |
3765 | } | |
3766 | ||
3767 | elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off; | |
3768 | } | |
3769 | ||
3770 | boolean | |
3771 | _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd) | |
3772 | bfd *abfd; | |
3773 | { | |
3774 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
3775 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; | |
3776 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; | |
3777 | boolean failed; | |
3778 | unsigned int count; | |
3779 | ||
3780 | if (! abfd->output_has_begun | |
3781 | && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions | |
3782 | (abfd, (struct bfd_link_info *) NULL)) | |
3783 | return false; | |
3784 | ||
3785 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); | |
3786 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); | |
3787 | ||
3788 | failed = false; | |
3789 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed); | |
3790 | if (failed) | |
3791 | return false; | |
3792 | ||
3793 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd); | |
3794 | ||
c044fabd | 3795 | /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */ |
252b5132 RH |
3796 | for (count = 1; count < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; count++) |
3797 | { | |
3798 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing) | |
3799 | (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]); | |
3800 | if (i_shdrp[count]->contents) | |
3801 | { | |
dc810e39 AM |
3802 | bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size; |
3803 | ||
252b5132 | 3804 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
dc810e39 | 3805 | || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt) |
252b5132 RH |
3806 | return false; |
3807 | } | |
3808 | } | |
3809 | ||
3810 | /* Write out the section header names. */ | |
3811 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 | |
3812 | || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd))) | |
3813 | return false; | |
3814 | ||
3815 | if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) | |
3816 | (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd, | |
3817 | elf_tdata (abfd)->linker); | |
3818 | ||
3819 | return bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd); | |
3820 | } | |
3821 | ||
3822 | boolean | |
3823 | _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (abfd) | |
3824 | bfd *abfd; | |
3825 | { | |
c044fabd | 3826 | /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */ |
252b5132 RH |
3827 | return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd); |
3828 | } | |
c044fabd KH |
3829 | |
3830 | /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */ | |
3831 | ||
252b5132 RH |
3832 | int |
3833 | _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, asect) | |
3834 | bfd *abfd; | |
3835 | struct sec *asect; | |
3836 | { | |
3837 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
3838 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); | |
3839 | int index; | |
3840 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; | |
3841 | int maxindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum; | |
3842 | ||
3843 | for (index = 0; index < maxindex; index++) | |
3844 | { | |
3845 | hdr = i_shdrp[index]; | |
3846 | if (hdr->bfd_section == asect) | |
3847 | return index; | |
3848 | } | |
3849 | ||
3850 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) | |
3851 | { | |
3852 | for (index = 0; index < maxindex; index++) | |
3853 | { | |
3854 | int retval; | |
3855 | ||
3856 | hdr = i_shdrp[index]; | |
3857 | retval = index; | |
3858 | if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) | |
3859 | (abfd, hdr, asect, &retval)) | |
3860 | return retval; | |
3861 | } | |
3862 | } | |
3863 | ||
3864 | if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect)) | |
3865 | return SHN_ABS; | |
3866 | if (bfd_is_com_section (asect)) | |
3867 | return SHN_COMMON; | |
3868 | if (bfd_is_und_section (asect)) | |
3869 | return SHN_UNDEF; | |
3870 | ||
3871 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section); | |
3872 | ||
3873 | return -1; | |
3874 | } | |
3875 | ||
3876 | /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1 | |
3877 | on error. */ | |
3878 | ||
3879 | int | |
3880 | _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd, asym_ptr_ptr) | |
3881 | bfd *abfd; | |
3882 | asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr; | |
3883 | { | |
3884 | asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr; | |
3885 | int idx; | |
3886 | flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags; | |
3887 | ||
3888 | /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its | |
3889 | own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the | |
3890 | symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating | |
3891 | relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the | |
3892 | input sections rather than the output section. */ | |
3893 | if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0 | |
3894 | && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) | |
3895 | && asym_ptr->section) | |
3896 | { | |
3897 | int indx; | |
3898 | ||
3899 | if (asym_ptr->section->output_section != NULL) | |
3900 | indx = asym_ptr->section->output_section->index; | |
3901 | else | |
3902 | indx = asym_ptr->section->index; | |
4e89ac30 L |
3903 | if (indx < elf_num_section_syms (abfd) |
3904 | && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL) | |
252b5132 RH |
3905 | asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i; |
3906 | } | |
3907 | ||
3908 | idx = asym_ptr->udata.i; | |
3909 | ||
3910 | if (idx == 0) | |
3911 | { | |
3912 | /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol | |
3913 | which is used in a relocation entry. */ | |
3914 | (*_bfd_error_handler) | |
3915 | (_("%s: symbol `%s' required but not present"), | |
8f615d07 | 3916 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd), bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr)); |
252b5132 RH |
3917 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols); |
3918 | return -1; | |
3919 | } | |
3920 | ||
3921 | #if DEBUG & 4 | |
3922 | { | |
3923 | fprintf (stderr, | |
3924 | _("elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n"), | |
3925 | (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags, | |
3926 | elf_symbol_flags (flags)); | |
3927 | fflush (stderr); | |
3928 | } | |
3929 | #endif | |
3930 | ||
3931 | return idx; | |
3932 | } | |
3933 | ||
3934 | /* Copy private BFD data. This copies any program header information. */ | |
3935 | ||
3936 | static boolean | |
3937 | copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd) | |
3938 | bfd *ibfd; | |
3939 | bfd *obfd; | |
3940 | { | |
bc67d8a6 NC |
3941 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr * iehdr; |
3942 | struct elf_segment_map * map; | |
3943 | struct elf_segment_map * map_first; | |
3944 | struct elf_segment_map ** pointer_to_map; | |
3945 | Elf_Internal_Phdr * segment; | |
3946 | asection * section; | |
3947 | unsigned int i; | |
3948 | unsigned int num_segments; | |
3949 | boolean phdr_included = false; | |
3950 | bfd_vma maxpagesize; | |
3951 | struct elf_segment_map * phdr_adjust_seg = NULL; | |
3952 | unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0; | |
3953 | ||
c044fabd | 3954 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
252b5132 RH |
3955 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
3956 | return true; | |
3957 | ||
3958 | if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL) | |
3959 | return true; | |
3960 | ||
3961 | iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd); | |
3962 | ||
bc67d8a6 | 3963 | map_first = NULL; |
c044fabd | 3964 | pointer_to_map = &map_first; |
252b5132 RH |
3965 | |
3966 | num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; | |
bc67d8a6 NC |
3967 | maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize; |
3968 | ||
3969 | /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */ | |
3970 | #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \ | |
3971 | (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \ | |
3972 | ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz)) | |
3973 | ||
3974 | /* Returns true if the given section is contained within | |
3975 | the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */ | |
3976 | #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \ | |
3977 | (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \ | |
3978 | && (section->vma + section->_raw_size) \ | |
3979 | <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))) | |
c044fabd | 3980 | |
bc67d8a6 NC |
3981 | /* Returns true if the given section is contained within |
3982 | the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */ | |
3983 | #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \ | |
3984 | (section->lma >= base \ | |
3985 | && (section->lma + section->_raw_size) \ | |
3986 | <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)) | |
252b5132 | 3987 | |
c044fabd | 3988 | /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo etc. */ |
bc67d8a6 NC |
3989 | #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \ |
3990 | (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \ | |
3991 | && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \ | |
3992 | && s->vma == 0 && s->lma == 0 \ | |
3993 | && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \ | |
3994 | && (bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->_raw_size \ | |
252b5132 RH |
3995 | <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz) |
3996 | ||
3997 | /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris | |
3998 | linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and | |
3999 | p_memsz set to 0. */ | |
bc67d8a6 NC |
4000 | #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \ |
4001 | ( p->p_vaddr == 0 \ | |
4002 | && p->p_filesz > 0 \ | |
4003 | && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \ | |
4004 | && s->_raw_size > 0 \ | |
4005 | && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \ | |
4006 | && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->_raw_size \ | |
c0f7859b | 4007 | <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz)) |
5c440b1e | 4008 | |
bc67d8a6 NC |
4009 | /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment. |
4010 | A section will be included if: | |
4011 | 1. It is within the address space of the segment, | |
4012 | 2. It is an allocated segment, | |
4013 | 3. There is an output section associated with it, | |
4014 | 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment. */ | |
4015 | #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment) \ | |
4016 | ((((IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment) \ | |
4017 | || IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section)) \ | |
4018 | && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \ | |
4019 | || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) \ | |
4020 | && section->output_section != NULL \ | |
4021 | && section->segment_mark == false) | |
4022 | ||
4023 | /* Returns true iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */ | |
4024 | #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2) \ | |
4025 | (seg1->p_vaddr >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->p_vaddr)) | |
4026 | ||
4027 | /* Returns true iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. */ | |
4028 | #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \ | |
4029 | (!(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2) || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1))) | |
4030 | ||
4031 | /* Initialise the segment mark field. */ | |
4032 | for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next) | |
4033 | section->segment_mark = false; | |
4034 | ||
252b5132 | 4035 | /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header |
bc67d8a6 NC |
4036 | of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps |
4037 | in the loadable segments. These can be created by wierd | |
4038 | parameters to objcopy. */ | |
4039 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; | |
4040 | i < num_segments; | |
c044fabd | 4041 | i++, segment++) |
252b5132 | 4042 | { |
252b5132 | 4043 | unsigned int j; |
c044fabd | 4044 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2; |
252b5132 | 4045 | |
bc67d8a6 NC |
4046 | if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD) |
4047 | continue; | |
c044fabd | 4048 | |
bc67d8a6 | 4049 | /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */ |
c044fabd | 4050 | for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2 ++) |
bc67d8a6 NC |
4051 | { |
4052 | bfd_signed_vma extra_length; | |
c044fabd | 4053 | |
bc67d8a6 NC |
4054 | if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD |
4055 | || ! SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2)) | |
4056 | continue; | |
c044fabd | 4057 | |
bc67d8a6 NC |
4058 | /* Merge the two segments together. */ |
4059 | if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr) | |
4060 | { | |
c044fabd KH |
4061 | /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete |
4062 | SEGMENT. */ | |
bc67d8a6 NC |
4063 | extra_length = |
4064 | SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr) | |
4065 | - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr); | |
c044fabd | 4066 | |
bc67d8a6 NC |
4067 | if (extra_length > 0) |
4068 | { | |
4069 | segment2->p_memsz += extra_length; | |
4070 | segment2->p_filesz += extra_length; | |
4071 | } | |
c044fabd | 4072 | |
bc67d8a6 | 4073 | segment->p_type = PT_NULL; |
c044fabd | 4074 | |
bc67d8a6 NC |
4075 | /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */ |
4076 | i = 0; | |
4077 | segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; | |
4078 | break; | |
4079 | } | |
4080 | else | |
4081 | { | |
c044fabd KH |
4082 | /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete |
4083 | SEGMENT2. */ | |
bc67d8a6 NC |
4084 | extra_length = |
4085 | SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr) | |
4086 | - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr); | |
c044fabd | 4087 | |
bc67d8a6 NC |
4088 | if (extra_length > 0) |
4089 | { | |
4090 | segment->p_memsz += extra_length; | |
4091 | segment->p_filesz += extra_length; | |
4092 | } | |
c044fabd | 4093 | |
bc67d8a6 NC |
4094 | segment2->p_type = PT_NULL; |
4095 | } | |
4096 | } | |
4097 | } | |
c044fabd | 4098 | |
bc67d8a6 NC |
4099 | /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */ |
4100 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; | |
4101 | i < num_segments; | |
4102 | i ++, segment ++) | |
4103 | { | |
4104 | unsigned int section_count; | |
4105 | asection ** sections; | |
4106 | asection * output_section; | |
4107 | unsigned int isec; | |
4108 | bfd_vma matching_lma; | |
4109 | bfd_vma suggested_lma; | |
4110 | unsigned int j; | |
dc810e39 | 4111 | bfd_size_type amt; |
bc67d8a6 NC |
4112 | |
4113 | if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL) | |
4114 | continue; | |
c044fabd | 4115 | |
bc67d8a6 NC |
4116 | /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */ |
4117 | section_count = 0; | |
4118 | for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next) | |
4119 | if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment)) | |
c044fabd | 4120 | ++section_count; |
252b5132 RH |
4121 | |
4122 | /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain all of the | |
4123 | sections we have selected. */ | |
dc810e39 AM |
4124 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
4125 | amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); | |
4126 | map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_alloc (obfd, amt); | |
bc67d8a6 | 4127 | if (map == NULL) |
252b5132 RH |
4128 | return false; |
4129 | ||
4130 | /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to | |
4131 | using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */ | |
bc67d8a6 NC |
4132 | map->next = NULL; |
4133 | map->p_type = segment->p_type; | |
4134 | map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; | |
4135 | map->p_flags_valid = 1; | |
4136 | map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr; | |
4137 | map->p_paddr_valid = 1; | |
252b5132 RH |
4138 | |
4139 | /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header | |
4140 | and if it contains the program headers themselves. */ | |
bc67d8a6 NC |
4141 | map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0 |
4142 | && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize); | |
252b5132 | 4143 | |
bc67d8a6 | 4144 | map->includes_phdrs = 0; |
252b5132 | 4145 | |
bc67d8a6 | 4146 | if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD) |
252b5132 | 4147 | { |
bc67d8a6 NC |
4148 | map->includes_phdrs = |
4149 | (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff | |
4150 | && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz | |
252b5132 RH |
4151 | >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff |
4152 | + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize))); | |
c044fabd | 4153 | |
bc67d8a6 | 4154 | if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs) |
252b5132 RH |
4155 | phdr_included = true; |
4156 | } | |
4157 | ||
bc67d8a6 | 4158 | if (section_count == 0) |
252b5132 RH |
4159 | { |
4160 | /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain | |
4161 | no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain | |
4162 | something. */ | |
bc67d8a6 | 4163 | if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD) |
252b5132 RH |
4164 | _bfd_error_handler |
4165 | (_("%s: warning: Empty loadable segment detected\n"), | |
8f615d07 | 4166 | bfd_archive_filename (ibfd)); |
252b5132 | 4167 | |
bc67d8a6 | 4168 | map->count = 0; |
c044fabd KH |
4169 | *pointer_to_map = map; |
4170 | pointer_to_map = &map->next; | |
252b5132 RH |
4171 | |
4172 | continue; | |
4173 | } | |
4174 | ||
4175 | /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt | |
4176 | to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map. | |
4177 | The problem here is how to handle an output section which has | |
4178 | been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities: | |
4179 | ||
4180 | 1. None of the sections have been moved. | |
4181 | In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the | |
4182 | input BFD. | |
4183 | ||
4184 | 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount. | |
4185 | In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA | |
4186 | of the first section. | |
4187 | ||
4188 | 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not. | |
4189 | In this case those sections which have not been moved can be | |
4190 | placed in the current segment which will have to have its size, | |
4191 | and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will | |
4192 | have to be created to contain the other sections. | |
4193 | ||
4194 | 4. The sections have been moved, but not be the same amount. | |
4195 | In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA | |
4196 | of the first section and we will have to create a new segment | |
4197 | or segments to contain the other sections. | |
4198 | ||
4199 | In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section | |
4200 | pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned | |
4201 | to a segment, they are removed from this array. */ | |
4202 | ||
dc810e39 AM |
4203 | amt = (bfd_size_type) section_count * sizeof (asection *); |
4204 | sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt); | |
252b5132 RH |
4205 | if (sections == NULL) |
4206 | return false; | |
4207 | ||
4208 | /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts. | |
4209 | Also add the sections to the section array allocated above. | |
4210 | Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common | |
4211 | case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that | |
4212 | we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing | |
4213 | more to do. */ | |
252b5132 | 4214 | isec = 0; |
72730e0c | 4215 | matching_lma = 0; |
252b5132 RH |
4216 | suggested_lma = 0; |
4217 | ||
bc67d8a6 NC |
4218 | for (j = 0, section = ibfd->sections; |
4219 | section != NULL; | |
4220 | section = section->next) | |
252b5132 | 4221 | { |
bc67d8a6 | 4222 | if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment)) |
c0f7859b | 4223 | { |
bc67d8a6 NC |
4224 | output_section = section->output_section; |
4225 | ||
4226 | sections[j ++] = section; | |
252b5132 RH |
4227 | |
4228 | /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0. | |
4229 | We try to catch that case here, and set it to the | |
4230 | correct value. */ | |
bc67d8a6 NC |
4231 | if (segment->p_paddr == 0 |
4232 | && segment->p_vaddr != 0 | |
252b5132 | 4233 | && isec == 0 |
bc67d8a6 NC |
4234 | && output_section->lma != 0 |
4235 | && (output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr | |
4236 | + (map->includes_filehdr | |
4237 | ? iehdr->e_ehsize | |
4238 | : 0) | |
4239 | + (map->includes_phdrs | |
4240 | ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize | |
4241 | : 0)))) | |
4242 | map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr; | |
252b5132 RH |
4243 | |
4244 | /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the | |
4245 | LMA address of the output section. */ | |
bc67d8a6 NC |
4246 | if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr) |
4247 | || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) | |
252b5132 RH |
4248 | { |
4249 | if (matching_lma == 0) | |
bc67d8a6 | 4250 | matching_lma = output_section->lma; |
252b5132 RH |
4251 | |
4252 | /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment | |
bc67d8a6 | 4253 | then it does not overlap any other section within that |
252b5132 | 4254 | segment. */ |
bc67d8a6 | 4255 | map->sections[isec ++] = output_section; |
252b5132 RH |
4256 | } |
4257 | else if (suggested_lma == 0) | |
bc67d8a6 | 4258 | suggested_lma = output_section->lma; |
252b5132 RH |
4259 | } |
4260 | } | |
4261 | ||
bc67d8a6 | 4262 | BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count); |
252b5132 RH |
4263 | |
4264 | /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment, | |
4265 | if necessary. */ | |
bc67d8a6 | 4266 | if (isec == section_count) |
252b5132 RH |
4267 | { |
4268 | /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently | |
4269 | specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to | |
4270 | the list of built segments and carry on to process the next | |
4271 | program header in the input BFD. */ | |
bc67d8a6 | 4272 | map->count = section_count; |
c044fabd KH |
4273 | *pointer_to_map = map; |
4274 | pointer_to_map = &map->next; | |
252b5132 RH |
4275 | |
4276 | free (sections); | |
4277 | continue; | |
4278 | } | |
252b5132 RH |
4279 | else |
4280 | { | |
72730e0c AM |
4281 | if (matching_lma != 0) |
4282 | { | |
4283 | /* At least one section fits inside the current segment. | |
4284 | Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the | |
4285 | LMA of the first section that fitted. */ | |
bc67d8a6 | 4286 | map->p_paddr = matching_lma; |
72730e0c AM |
4287 | } |
4288 | else | |
4289 | { | |
4290 | /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment. | |
4291 | Change the current segment's physical address to match | |
4292 | the LMA of the first section. */ | |
bc67d8a6 | 4293 | map->p_paddr = suggested_lma; |
72730e0c AM |
4294 | } |
4295 | ||
bc67d8a6 NC |
4296 | /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma |
4297 | to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */ | |
4298 | if (map->includes_filehdr) | |
4299 | map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize; | |
252b5132 | 4300 | |
bc67d8a6 NC |
4301 | if (map->includes_phdrs) |
4302 | { | |
4303 | map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize; | |
4304 | ||
4305 | /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number | |
4306 | of program headers that we will need. Make a note | |
4307 | here of the number we used and the segment we chose | |
4308 | to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the | |
4309 | offset when we know the correct value. */ | |
4310 | phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum; | |
4311 | phdr_adjust_seg = map; | |
4312 | } | |
252b5132 RH |
4313 | } |
4314 | ||
4315 | /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning | |
4316 | those that fit to the current segment and remvoing them from the | |
4317 | sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all | |
4318 | possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is | |
4319 | added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain | |
4320 | to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating | |
4321 | the loop. */ | |
4322 | isec = 0; | |
4323 | do | |
4324 | { | |
bc67d8a6 | 4325 | map->count = 0; |
252b5132 RH |
4326 | suggested_lma = 0; |
4327 | ||
4328 | /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */ | |
bc67d8a6 | 4329 | for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++) |
252b5132 | 4330 | { |
bc67d8a6 | 4331 | section = sections[j]; |
252b5132 | 4332 | |
bc67d8a6 | 4333 | if (section == NULL) |
252b5132 RH |
4334 | continue; |
4335 | ||
bc67d8a6 | 4336 | output_section = section->output_section; |
252b5132 | 4337 | |
bc67d8a6 | 4338 | BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL); |
c044fabd | 4339 | |
bc67d8a6 NC |
4340 | if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr) |
4341 | || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) | |
252b5132 | 4342 | { |
bc67d8a6 | 4343 | if (map->count == 0) |
252b5132 RH |
4344 | { |
4345 | /* If the first section in a segment does not start at | |
bc67d8a6 NC |
4346 | the beginning of the segment, then something is |
4347 | wrong. */ | |
4348 | if (output_section->lma != | |
4349 | (map->p_paddr | |
4350 | + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0) | |
4351 | + (map->includes_phdrs | |
4352 | ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize | |
4353 | : 0))) | |
252b5132 RH |
4354 | abort (); |
4355 | } | |
4356 | else | |
4357 | { | |
4358 | asection * prev_sec; | |
252b5132 | 4359 | |
bc67d8a6 | 4360 | prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1]; |
252b5132 RH |
4361 | |
4362 | /* If the gap between the end of the previous section | |
bc67d8a6 NC |
4363 | and the start of this section is more than |
4364 | maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */ | |
4365 | if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->_raw_size, maxpagesize) | |
4366 | < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize)) | |
4367 | || ((prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->_raw_size) > output_section->lma)) | |
252b5132 RH |
4368 | { |
4369 | if (suggested_lma == 0) | |
bc67d8a6 | 4370 | suggested_lma = output_section->lma; |
252b5132 RH |
4371 | |
4372 | continue; | |
4373 | } | |
4374 | } | |
4375 | ||
bc67d8a6 | 4376 | map->sections[map->count++] = output_section; |
252b5132 RH |
4377 | ++isec; |
4378 | sections[j] = NULL; | |
bc67d8a6 | 4379 | section->segment_mark = true; |
252b5132 RH |
4380 | } |
4381 | else if (suggested_lma == 0) | |
bc67d8a6 | 4382 | suggested_lma = output_section->lma; |
252b5132 RH |
4383 | } |
4384 | ||
bc67d8a6 | 4385 | BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0); |
252b5132 RH |
4386 | |
4387 | /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */ | |
c044fabd KH |
4388 | *pointer_to_map = map; |
4389 | pointer_to_map = &map->next; | |
252b5132 | 4390 | |
bc67d8a6 | 4391 | if (isec < section_count) |
252b5132 RH |
4392 | { |
4393 | /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to | |
4394 | segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it | |
4395 | and carry on looping. */ | |
dc810e39 AM |
4396 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
4397 | amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); | |
4398 | map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_alloc (obfd, amt); | |
bc67d8a6 | 4399 | if (map == NULL) |
252b5132 RH |
4400 | return false; |
4401 | ||
4402 | /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical | |
4403 | physical address to the LMA of the first section that has | |
4404 | not yet been assigned. */ | |
bc67d8a6 NC |
4405 | map->next = NULL; |
4406 | map->p_type = segment->p_type; | |
4407 | map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; | |
4408 | map->p_flags_valid = 1; | |
4409 | map->p_paddr = suggested_lma; | |
4410 | map->p_paddr_valid = 1; | |
4411 | map->includes_filehdr = 0; | |
4412 | map->includes_phdrs = 0; | |
252b5132 RH |
4413 | } |
4414 | } | |
bc67d8a6 | 4415 | while (isec < section_count); |
252b5132 RH |
4416 | |
4417 | free (sections); | |
4418 | } | |
4419 | ||
4420 | /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the | |
4421 | p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a | |
4422 | file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it | |
4423 | reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */ | |
bc67d8a6 NC |
4424 | for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next) |
4425 | if (map->p_paddr != 0) | |
252b5132 | 4426 | break; |
bc67d8a6 | 4427 | if (map == NULL) |
252b5132 | 4428 | { |
bc67d8a6 NC |
4429 | for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next) |
4430 | map->p_paddr_valid = 0; | |
252b5132 RH |
4431 | } |
4432 | ||
bc67d8a6 NC |
4433 | elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first; |
4434 | ||
4435 | /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were | |
4436 | going to be needed, then check our estimate know and adjust | |
4437 | the offset if necessary. */ | |
4438 | if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL) | |
4439 | { | |
4440 | unsigned int count; | |
c044fabd | 4441 | |
bc67d8a6 | 4442 | for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next) |
c044fabd | 4443 | count++; |
252b5132 | 4444 | |
bc67d8a6 NC |
4445 | if (count > phdr_adjust_num) |
4446 | phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr | |
4447 | -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize; | |
4448 | } | |
c044fabd | 4449 | |
252b5132 | 4450 | #if 0 |
c044fabd KH |
4451 | /* Final Step: Sort the segments into ascending order of physical |
4452 | address. */ | |
bc67d8a6 | 4453 | if (map_first != NULL) |
252b5132 | 4454 | { |
c044fabd | 4455 | struct elf_segment_map *prev; |
252b5132 | 4456 | |
bc67d8a6 NC |
4457 | prev = map_first; |
4458 | for (map = map_first->next; map != NULL; prev = map, map = map->next) | |
252b5132 | 4459 | { |
bc67d8a6 NC |
4460 | /* Yes I know - its a bubble sort.... */ |
4461 | if (map->next != NULL && (map->next->p_paddr < map->p_paddr)) | |
252b5132 | 4462 | { |
bc67d8a6 NC |
4463 | /* Swap map and map->next. */ |
4464 | prev->next = map->next; | |
4465 | map->next = map->next->next; | |
4466 | prev->next->next = map; | |
252b5132 | 4467 | |
bc67d8a6 NC |
4468 | /* Restart loop. */ |
4469 | map = map_first; | |
252b5132 RH |
4470 | } |
4471 | } | |
4472 | } | |
4473 | #endif | |
4474 | ||
bc67d8a6 NC |
4475 | #undef SEGMENT_END |
4476 | #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA | |
4477 | #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA | |
252b5132 | 4478 | #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE |
bc67d8a6 NC |
4479 | #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP |
4480 | #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT | |
4481 | #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT | |
4482 | #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS | |
252b5132 RH |
4483 | return true; |
4484 | } | |
4485 | ||
4486 | /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize | |
4487 | field, and sometimes the info field. */ | |
4488 | ||
4489 | boolean | |
4490 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec) | |
4491 | bfd *ibfd; | |
4492 | asection *isec; | |
4493 | bfd *obfd; | |
4494 | asection *osec; | |
4495 | { | |
4496 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr; | |
4497 | ||
4498 | if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour | |
4499 | || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) | |
4500 | return true; | |
4501 | ||
4502 | /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied. | |
4503 | This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data | |
4504 | entry point, because the latter is called after the section | |
4505 | contents have been set, which means that the program headers have | |
4506 | already been worked out. */ | |
4507 | if (elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map == NULL | |
4508 | && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL) | |
4509 | { | |
4510 | asection *s; | |
4511 | ||
4512 | /* Only set up the segments if there are no more SEC_ALLOC | |
4513 | sections. FIXME: This won't do the right thing if objcopy is | |
4514 | used to remove the last SEC_ALLOC section, since objcopy | |
4515 | won't call this routine in that case. */ | |
4516 | for (s = isec->next; s != NULL; s = s->next) | |
4517 | if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) | |
4518 | break; | |
4519 | if (s == NULL) | |
4520 | { | |
4521 | if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd)) | |
4522 | return false; | |
4523 | } | |
4524 | } | |
4525 | ||
4526 | ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr; | |
4527 | ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr; | |
4528 | ||
4529 | ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize; | |
4530 | ||
4531 | if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB | |
4532 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM | |
4533 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed | |
4534 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef) | |
4535 | ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info; | |
4536 | ||
bf572ba0 MM |
4537 | elf_section_data (osec)->use_rela_p |
4538 | = elf_section_data (isec)->use_rela_p; | |
4539 | ||
252b5132 RH |
4540 | return true; |
4541 | } | |
4542 | ||
4543 | /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section | |
4544 | which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section | |
4545 | index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped | |
4546 | section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the | |
4547 | swap_out_syms function. */ | |
4548 | ||
4549 | #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_LORESERVE - 1) | |
4550 | #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_LORESERVE - 2) | |
4551 | #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_LORESERVE - 3) | |
4552 | #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_LORESERVE - 4) | |
4553 | ||
4554 | boolean | |
4555 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (ibfd, isymarg, obfd, osymarg) | |
4556 | bfd *ibfd; | |
4557 | asymbol *isymarg; | |
4558 | bfd *obfd; | |
4559 | asymbol *osymarg; | |
4560 | { | |
4561 | elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym; | |
4562 | ||
4563 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour | |
4564 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) | |
4565 | return true; | |
4566 | ||
4567 | isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg); | |
4568 | osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg); | |
4569 | ||
4570 | if (isym != NULL | |
4571 | && osym != NULL | |
4572 | && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section)) | |
4573 | { | |
4574 | unsigned int shndx; | |
4575 | ||
4576 | shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx; | |
4577 | if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd)) | |
4578 | shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB; | |
4579 | else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd)) | |
4580 | shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB; | |
4581 | else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->strtab_section) | |
4582 | shndx = MAP_STRTAB; | |
4583 | else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->shstrtab_section) | |
4584 | shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB; | |
4585 | osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx; | |
4586 | } | |
4587 | ||
4588 | return true; | |
4589 | } | |
4590 | ||
4591 | /* Swap out the symbols. */ | |
4592 | ||
4593 | static boolean | |
4594 | swap_out_syms (abfd, sttp, relocatable_p) | |
4595 | bfd *abfd; | |
4596 | struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp; | |
4597 | int relocatable_p; | |
4598 | { | |
4599 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
4600 | ||
4601 | if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd)) | |
4602 | return false; | |
4603 | ||
c044fabd | 4604 | /* Dump out the symtabs. */ |
252b5132 RH |
4605 | { |
4606 | int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd); | |
4607 | asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd); | |
4608 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt; | |
4609 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; | |
4610 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr; | |
4611 | char *outbound_syms; | |
4612 | int idx; | |
dc810e39 | 4613 | bfd_size_type amt; |
252b5132 RH |
4614 | |
4615 | stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (); | |
4616 | if (stt == NULL) | |
4617 | return false; | |
4618 | ||
4619 | symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; | |
4620 | symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB; | |
4621 | symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym; | |
4622 | symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1); | |
4623 | symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd) + 1; | |
4624 | symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = bed->s->file_align; | |
4625 | ||
4626 | symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; | |
4627 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; | |
4628 | ||
dc810e39 AM |
4629 | amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
4630 | outbound_syms = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); | |
252b5132 RH |
4631 | if (outbound_syms == NULL) |
4632 | return false; | |
4633 | symtab_hdr->contents = (PTR) outbound_syms; | |
4634 | ||
4635 | /* now generate the data (for "contents") */ | |
4636 | { | |
4637 | /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */ | |
4638 | Elf_Internal_Sym sym; | |
4639 | sym.st_name = 0; | |
4640 | sym.st_value = 0; | |
4641 | sym.st_size = 0; | |
4642 | sym.st_info = 0; | |
4643 | sym.st_other = 0; | |
4644 | sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; | |
4645 | bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, (PTR) outbound_syms); | |
4646 | outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym; | |
4647 | } | |
4648 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) | |
4649 | { | |
4650 | Elf_Internal_Sym sym; | |
4651 | bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value; | |
4652 | elf_symbol_type *type_ptr; | |
4653 | flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags; | |
4654 | int type; | |
4655 | ||
3f5a136d | 4656 | if ((flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM) |
d01e2a23 | 4657 | { |
3f5a136d | 4658 | /* Local section symbols have no name. */ |
d01e2a23 AM |
4659 | sym.st_name = 0; |
4660 | } | |
252b5132 RH |
4661 | else |
4662 | { | |
4663 | sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt, | |
4664 | syms[idx]->name, | |
4665 | true, false); | |
4666 | if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1) | |
4667 | return false; | |
4668 | } | |
4669 | ||
4670 | type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]); | |
4671 | ||
4672 | if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0 | |
4673 | && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section)) | |
4674 | { | |
4675 | /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field, | |
4676 | and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from | |
4677 | how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */ | |
4678 | sym.st_size = value; | |
4679 | if (type_ptr == NULL | |
4680 | || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0) | |
4681 | sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value)); | |
4682 | else | |
4683 | sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value; | |
4684 | sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section | |
4685 | (abfd, syms[idx]->section); | |
4686 | } | |
4687 | else | |
4688 | { | |
4689 | asection *sec = syms[idx]->section; | |
4690 | int shndx; | |
4691 | ||
4692 | if (sec->output_section) | |
4693 | { | |
4694 | value += sec->output_offset; | |
4695 | sec = sec->output_section; | |
4696 | } | |
4697 | /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */ | |
4698 | if (! relocatable_p) | |
4699 | value += sec->vma; | |
4700 | sym.st_value = value; | |
4701 | sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0; | |
4702 | ||
4703 | if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec) | |
4704 | && type_ptr != NULL | |
4705 | && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0) | |
4706 | { | |
4707 | /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did | |
4708 | not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done | |
4709 | by copy_private_symbol_data. */ | |
4710 | shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx; | |
4711 | switch (shndx) | |
4712 | { | |
4713 | case MAP_ONESYMTAB: | |
4714 | shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd); | |
4715 | break; | |
4716 | case MAP_DYNSYMTAB: | |
4717 | shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd); | |
4718 | break; | |
4719 | case MAP_STRTAB: | |
4720 | shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_section; | |
4721 | break; | |
4722 | case MAP_SHSTRTAB: | |
4723 | shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_section; | |
4724 | break; | |
4725 | default: | |
4726 | break; | |
4727 | } | |
4728 | } | |
4729 | else | |
4730 | { | |
4731 | shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec); | |
4732 | ||
4733 | if (shndx == -1) | |
4734 | { | |
4735 | asection *sec2; | |
4736 | ||
4737 | /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if | |
4738 | we had some decent documentation on bfd, and | |
4739 | knew what to expect of the library, and what to | |
4740 | demand of applications. For example, it | |
4741 | appears that `objcopy' might not set the | |
4742 | section of a symbol to be a section that is | |
4743 | actually in the output file. */ | |
4744 | sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name); | |
4745 | BFD_ASSERT (sec2 != 0); | |
4746 | shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2); | |
4747 | BFD_ASSERT (shndx != -1); | |
4748 | } | |
4749 | } | |
4750 | ||
4751 | sym.st_shndx = shndx; | |
4752 | } | |
4753 | ||
4754 | if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0) | |
4755 | type = STT_FUNC; | |
4756 | else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0) | |
4757 | type = STT_OBJECT; | |
4758 | else | |
4759 | type = STT_NOTYPE; | |
4760 | ||
4761 | /* Processor-specific types */ | |
b47e35fc CM |
4762 | if (type_ptr != NULL |
4763 | && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type) | |
252b5132 RH |
4764 | type = (*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type) (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type); |
4765 | ||
4766 | if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) | |
3f5a136d L |
4767 | { |
4768 | if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL) | |
4769 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION); | |
4770 | else | |
4771 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION); | |
4772 | } | |
252b5132 RH |
4773 | else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section)) |
4774 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type); | |
4775 | else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section)) | |
4776 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK) | |
4777 | ? STB_WEAK | |
4778 | : STB_GLOBAL), | |
4779 | type); | |
4780 | else if (flags & BSF_FILE) | |
4781 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE); | |
4782 | else | |
4783 | { | |
4784 | int bind = STB_LOCAL; | |
4785 | ||
4786 | if (flags & BSF_LOCAL) | |
4787 | bind = STB_LOCAL; | |
4788 | else if (flags & BSF_WEAK) | |
4789 | bind = STB_WEAK; | |
4790 | else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL) | |
4791 | bind = STB_GLOBAL; | |
4792 | ||
4793 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type); | |
4794 | } | |
4795 | ||
4796 | if (type_ptr != NULL) | |
4797 | sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other; | |
4798 | else | |
4799 | sym.st_other = 0; | |
4800 | ||
4801 | bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, (PTR) outbound_syms); | |
4802 | outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym; | |
4803 | } | |
4804 | ||
4805 | *sttp = stt; | |
4806 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt); | |
4807 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; | |
4808 | ||
4809 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; | |
4810 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; | |
4811 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; | |
4812 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0; | |
4813 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0; | |
4814 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1; | |
4815 | } | |
4816 | ||
4817 | return true; | |
4818 | } | |
4819 | ||
4820 | /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector. | |
4821 | ||
4822 | Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate | |
4823 | the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table | |
4824 | always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */ | |
4825 | ||
4826 | long | |
4827 | _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd) | |
4828 | bfd *abfd; | |
4829 | { | |
4830 | long symcount; | |
4831 | long symtab_size; | |
4832 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; | |
4833 | ||
4834 | symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym; | |
4835 | symtab_size = (symcount - 1 + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *)); | |
4836 | ||
4837 | return symtab_size; | |
4838 | } | |
4839 | ||
4840 | long | |
4841 | _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (abfd) | |
4842 | bfd *abfd; | |
4843 | { | |
4844 | long symcount; | |
4845 | long symtab_size; | |
4846 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr; | |
4847 | ||
4848 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) | |
4849 | { | |
4850 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); | |
4851 | return -1; | |
4852 | } | |
4853 | ||
4854 | symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym; | |
4855 | symtab_size = (symcount - 1 + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *)); | |
4856 | ||
4857 | return symtab_size; | |
4858 | } | |
4859 | ||
4860 | long | |
4861 | _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (abfd, asect) | |
7442e600 | 4862 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
252b5132 RH |
4863 | sec_ptr asect; |
4864 | { | |
4865 | return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *); | |
4866 | } | |
4867 | ||
4868 | /* Canonicalize the relocs. */ | |
4869 | ||
4870 | long | |
4871 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (abfd, section, relptr, symbols) | |
4872 | bfd *abfd; | |
4873 | sec_ptr section; | |
4874 | arelent **relptr; | |
4875 | asymbol **symbols; | |
4876 | { | |
4877 | arelent *tblptr; | |
4878 | unsigned int i; | |
dbb410c3 | 4879 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
252b5132 | 4880 | |
dbb410c3 | 4881 | if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, false)) |
252b5132 RH |
4882 | return -1; |
4883 | ||
4884 | tblptr = section->relocation; | |
4885 | for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++) | |
4886 | *relptr++ = tblptr++; | |
4887 | ||
4888 | *relptr = NULL; | |
4889 | ||
4890 | return section->reloc_count; | |
4891 | } | |
4892 | ||
4893 | long | |
4894 | _bfd_elf_get_symtab (abfd, alocation) | |
4895 | bfd *abfd; | |
4896 | asymbol **alocation; | |
4897 | { | |
dbb410c3 AM |
4898 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
4899 | long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, alocation, false); | |
252b5132 RH |
4900 | |
4901 | if (symcount >= 0) | |
4902 | bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount; | |
4903 | return symcount; | |
4904 | } | |
4905 | ||
4906 | long | |
4907 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (abfd, alocation) | |
4908 | bfd *abfd; | |
4909 | asymbol **alocation; | |
4910 | { | |
dbb410c3 AM |
4911 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
4912 | return bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, alocation, true); | |
252b5132 RH |
4913 | } |
4914 | ||
4915 | /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any | |
4916 | section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type | |
4917 | SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is | |
4918 | considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */ | |
4919 | ||
4920 | long | |
4921 | _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (abfd) | |
4922 | bfd *abfd; | |
4923 | { | |
4924 | long ret; | |
4925 | asection *s; | |
4926 | ||
4927 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) | |
4928 | { | |
4929 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); | |
4930 | return -1; | |
4931 | } | |
4932 | ||
4933 | ret = sizeof (arelent *); | |
4934 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) | |
4935 | if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd) | |
4936 | && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL | |
4937 | || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA)) | |
4938 | ret += ((s->_raw_size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize) | |
4939 | * sizeof (arelent *)); | |
4940 | ||
4941 | return ret; | |
4942 | } | |
4943 | ||
4944 | /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return | |
4945 | the dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are | |
4946 | actually associated with particular sections; the interface, which | |
4947 | was designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there | |
4948 | is only one set of dynamic relocs. Any section that was actually | |
4949 | installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses | |
4950 | the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc | |
4951 | section. */ | |
4952 | ||
4953 | long | |
4954 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (abfd, storage, syms) | |
4955 | bfd *abfd; | |
4956 | arelent **storage; | |
4957 | asymbol **syms; | |
4958 | { | |
4959 | boolean (*slurp_relocs) PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, boolean)); | |
4960 | asection *s; | |
4961 | long ret; | |
4962 | ||
4963 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) | |
4964 | { | |
4965 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); | |
4966 | return -1; | |
4967 | } | |
4968 | ||
4969 | slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table; | |
4970 | ret = 0; | |
4971 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) | |
4972 | { | |
4973 | if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd) | |
4974 | && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL | |
4975 | || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA)) | |
4976 | { | |
4977 | arelent *p; | |
4978 | long count, i; | |
4979 | ||
4980 | if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, true)) | |
4981 | return -1; | |
4982 | count = s->_raw_size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize; | |
4983 | p = s->relocation; | |
4984 | for (i = 0; i < count; i++) | |
4985 | *storage++ = p++; | |
4986 | ret += count; | |
4987 | } | |
4988 | } | |
4989 | ||
4990 | *storage = NULL; | |
4991 | ||
4992 | return ret; | |
4993 | } | |
4994 | \f | |
4995 | /* Read in the version information. */ | |
4996 | ||
4997 | boolean | |
4998 | _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd) | |
4999 | bfd *abfd; | |
5000 | { | |
5001 | bfd_byte *contents = NULL; | |
dc810e39 | 5002 | bfd_size_type amt; |
252b5132 RH |
5003 | |
5004 | if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0) | |
5005 | { | |
5006 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; | |
5007 | Elf_External_Verdef *everdef; | |
5008 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef; | |
f631889e UD |
5009 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr; |
5010 | Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem; | |
252b5132 | 5011 | unsigned int i; |
062e2358 | 5012 | unsigned int maxidx; |
252b5132 RH |
5013 | |
5014 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr; | |
5015 | ||
252b5132 RH |
5016 | contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size); |
5017 | if (contents == NULL) | |
5018 | goto error_return; | |
5019 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 | |
dc810e39 | 5020 | || bfd_bread ((PTR) contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size) |
252b5132 RH |
5021 | goto error_return; |
5022 | ||
f631889e UD |
5023 | /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum |
5024 | index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find | |
5025 | the maximum. */ | |
252b5132 | 5026 | everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents; |
f631889e UD |
5027 | maxidx = 0; |
5028 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i) | |
5029 | { | |
5030 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem); | |
5031 | ||
062e2358 AM |
5032 | if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx) |
5033 | maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION); | |
f631889e UD |
5034 | |
5035 | everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *) | |
5036 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next)); | |
5037 | } | |
5038 | ||
dc810e39 AM |
5039 | amt = (bfd_size_type) maxidx * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef); |
5040 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
f631889e UD |
5041 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL) |
5042 | goto error_return; | |
5043 | ||
5044 | elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx; | |
5045 | ||
5046 | everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents; | |
5047 | iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; | |
5048 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++) | |
252b5132 RH |
5049 | { |
5050 | Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux; | |
5051 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux; | |
5052 | unsigned int j; | |
5053 | ||
f631889e UD |
5054 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem); |
5055 | ||
5056 | iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1]; | |
5057 | memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef)); | |
252b5132 RH |
5058 | |
5059 | iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd; | |
5060 | ||
dc810e39 AM |
5061 | amt = (bfd_size_type) iverdef->vd_cnt * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux); |
5062 | iverdef->vd_auxptr = (Elf_Internal_Verdaux *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); | |
252b5132 RH |
5063 | if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL) |
5064 | goto error_return; | |
5065 | ||
5066 | everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *) | |
5067 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux)); | |
5068 | iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr; | |
5069 | for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++) | |
5070 | { | |
5071 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux); | |
5072 | ||
5073 | iverdaux->vda_nodename = | |
5074 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, | |
5075 | iverdaux->vda_name); | |
5076 | if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL) | |
5077 | goto error_return; | |
5078 | ||
5079 | if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt) | |
5080 | iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1; | |
5081 | else | |
5082 | iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL; | |
5083 | ||
5084 | everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *) | |
5085 | ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next)); | |
5086 | } | |
5087 | ||
5088 | iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename; | |
5089 | ||
5090 | if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info) | |
5091 | iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1; | |
5092 | else | |
5093 | iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL; | |
5094 | ||
5095 | everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *) | |
5096 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next)); | |
5097 | } | |
5098 | ||
5099 | free (contents); | |
5100 | contents = NULL; | |
5101 | } | |
5102 | ||
5103 | if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0) | |
5104 | { | |
5105 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; | |
5106 | Elf_External_Verneed *everneed; | |
5107 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed; | |
5108 | unsigned int i; | |
5109 | ||
5110 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr; | |
5111 | ||
dc810e39 | 5112 | amt = (bfd_size_type) hdr->sh_info * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed); |
252b5132 | 5113 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = |
dc810e39 | 5114 | (Elf_Internal_Verneed *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
252b5132 RH |
5115 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL) |
5116 | goto error_return; | |
5117 | ||
5118 | elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info; | |
5119 | ||
5120 | contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size); | |
5121 | if (contents == NULL) | |
5122 | goto error_return; | |
5123 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 | |
dc810e39 | 5124 | || bfd_bread ((PTR) contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size) |
252b5132 RH |
5125 | goto error_return; |
5126 | ||
5127 | everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents; | |
5128 | iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; | |
5129 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++) | |
5130 | { | |
5131 | Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux; | |
5132 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux; | |
5133 | unsigned int j; | |
5134 | ||
5135 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed); | |
5136 | ||
5137 | iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd; | |
5138 | ||
5139 | iverneed->vn_filename = | |
5140 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, | |
5141 | iverneed->vn_file); | |
5142 | if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL) | |
5143 | goto error_return; | |
5144 | ||
dc810e39 AM |
5145 | amt = iverneed->vn_cnt; |
5146 | amt *= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux); | |
5147 | iverneed->vn_auxptr = (Elf_Internal_Vernaux *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); | |
252b5132 RH |
5148 | |
5149 | evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *) | |
5150 | ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux)); | |
5151 | ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr; | |
5152 | for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++) | |
5153 | { | |
5154 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux); | |
5155 | ||
5156 | ivernaux->vna_nodename = | |
5157 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, | |
5158 | ivernaux->vna_name); | |
5159 | if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL) | |
5160 | goto error_return; | |
5161 | ||
5162 | if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt) | |
5163 | ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1; | |
5164 | else | |
5165 | ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL; | |
5166 | ||
5167 | evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *) | |
5168 | ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next)); | |
5169 | } | |
5170 | ||
5171 | if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info) | |
5172 | iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1; | |
5173 | else | |
5174 | iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL; | |
5175 | ||
5176 | everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *) | |
5177 | ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next)); | |
5178 | } | |
5179 | ||
5180 | free (contents); | |
5181 | contents = NULL; | |
5182 | } | |
5183 | ||
5184 | return true; | |
5185 | ||
5186 | error_return: | |
5187 | if (contents == NULL) | |
5188 | free (contents); | |
5189 | return false; | |
5190 | } | |
5191 | \f | |
5192 | asymbol * | |
5193 | _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (abfd) | |
5194 | bfd *abfd; | |
5195 | { | |
5196 | elf_symbol_type *newsym; | |
dc810e39 | 5197 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (elf_symbol_type); |
252b5132 | 5198 | |
dc810e39 | 5199 | newsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
252b5132 RH |
5200 | if (!newsym) |
5201 | return NULL; | |
5202 | else | |
5203 | { | |
5204 | newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd; | |
5205 | return &newsym->symbol; | |
5206 | } | |
5207 | } | |
5208 | ||
5209 | void | |
5210 | _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (ignore_abfd, symbol, ret) | |
7442e600 | 5211 | bfd *ignore_abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
252b5132 RH |
5212 | asymbol *symbol; |
5213 | symbol_info *ret; | |
5214 | { | |
5215 | bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret); | |
5216 | } | |
5217 | ||
5218 | /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets | |
5219 | use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some | |
5220 | override it. */ | |
5221 | ||
5222 | boolean | |
5223 | _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd, name) | |
7442e600 | 5224 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
252b5132 RH |
5225 | const char *name; |
5226 | { | |
5227 | /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */ | |
5228 | if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L') | |
5229 | return true; | |
5230 | ||
5231 | /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate | |
5232 | DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */ | |
5233 | if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.') | |
5234 | return true; | |
5235 | ||
5236 | /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when | |
5237 | emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a | |
5238 | small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call | |
5239 | ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading | |
5240 | underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use, | |
5241 | we treat such symbols as local. */ | |
5242 | if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_') | |
5243 | return true; | |
5244 | ||
5245 | return false; | |
5246 | } | |
5247 | ||
5248 | alent * | |
5249 | _bfd_elf_get_lineno (ignore_abfd, symbol) | |
7442e600 ILT |
5250 | bfd *ignore_abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
5251 | asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | |
252b5132 RH |
5252 | { |
5253 | abort (); | |
5254 | return NULL; | |
5255 | } | |
5256 | ||
5257 | boolean | |
5258 | _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine) | |
5259 | bfd *abfd; | |
5260 | enum bfd_architecture arch; | |
5261 | unsigned long machine; | |
5262 | { | |
5263 | /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this | |
5264 | isn't the generic backend, fail. */ | |
5265 | if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch | |
5266 | && arch != bfd_arch_unknown | |
5267 | && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown) | |
5268 | return false; | |
5269 | ||
5270 | return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine); | |
5271 | } | |
5272 | ||
d1fad7c6 NC |
5273 | /* Find the function to a particular section and offset, |
5274 | for error reporting. */ | |
252b5132 | 5275 | |
d1fad7c6 NC |
5276 | static boolean |
5277 | elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, | |
4e8a9624 | 5278 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr) |
d1fad7c6 | 5279 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
252b5132 RH |
5280 | asection *section; |
5281 | asymbol **symbols; | |
5282 | bfd_vma offset; | |
4e8a9624 AM |
5283 | const char **filename_ptr; |
5284 | const char **functionname_ptr; | |
252b5132 | 5285 | { |
252b5132 RH |
5286 | const char *filename; |
5287 | asymbol *func; | |
5288 | bfd_vma low_func; | |
5289 | asymbol **p; | |
5290 | ||
252b5132 RH |
5291 | filename = NULL; |
5292 | func = NULL; | |
5293 | low_func = 0; | |
5294 | ||
5295 | for (p = symbols; *p != NULL; p++) | |
5296 | { | |
5297 | elf_symbol_type *q; | |
5298 | ||
5299 | q = (elf_symbol_type *) *p; | |
5300 | ||
5301 | if (bfd_get_section (&q->symbol) != section) | |
5302 | continue; | |
5303 | ||
5304 | switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info)) | |
5305 | { | |
5306 | default: | |
5307 | break; | |
5308 | case STT_FILE: | |
5309 | filename = bfd_asymbol_name (&q->symbol); | |
5310 | break; | |
5311 | case STT_NOTYPE: | |
5312 | case STT_FUNC: | |
5313 | if (q->symbol.section == section | |
5314 | && q->symbol.value >= low_func | |
5315 | && q->symbol.value <= offset) | |
5316 | { | |
5317 | func = (asymbol *) q; | |
5318 | low_func = q->symbol.value; | |
5319 | } | |
5320 | break; | |
5321 | } | |
5322 | } | |
5323 | ||
5324 | if (func == NULL) | |
5325 | return false; | |
5326 | ||
d1fad7c6 NC |
5327 | if (filename_ptr) |
5328 | *filename_ptr = filename; | |
5329 | if (functionname_ptr) | |
5330 | *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (func); | |
5331 | ||
5332 | return true; | |
5333 | } | |
5334 | ||
5335 | /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset, | |
5336 | for error reporting. */ | |
5337 | ||
5338 | boolean | |
5339 | _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, | |
4e8a9624 | 5340 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, line_ptr) |
d1fad7c6 NC |
5341 | bfd *abfd; |
5342 | asection *section; | |
5343 | asymbol **symbols; | |
5344 | bfd_vma offset; | |
4e8a9624 AM |
5345 | const char **filename_ptr; |
5346 | const char **functionname_ptr; | |
d1fad7c6 NC |
5347 | unsigned int *line_ptr; |
5348 | { | |
5349 | boolean found; | |
5350 | ||
5351 | if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, | |
4e8a9624 AM |
5352 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, |
5353 | line_ptr)) | |
d1fad7c6 NC |
5354 | { |
5355 | if (!*functionname_ptr) | |
4e8a9624 AM |
5356 | elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, |
5357 | *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr, | |
5358 | functionname_ptr); | |
5359 | ||
d1fad7c6 NC |
5360 | return true; |
5361 | } | |
5362 | ||
5363 | if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, | |
4e8a9624 AM |
5364 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, |
5365 | line_ptr, 0, | |
5366 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info)) | |
d1fad7c6 NC |
5367 | { |
5368 | if (!*functionname_ptr) | |
4e8a9624 AM |
5369 | elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, |
5370 | *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr, | |
5371 | functionname_ptr); | |
5372 | ||
d1fad7c6 NC |
5373 | return true; |
5374 | } | |
5375 | ||
5376 | if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset, | |
4e8a9624 AM |
5377 | &found, filename_ptr, |
5378 | functionname_ptr, line_ptr, | |
5379 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info)) | |
d1fad7c6 NC |
5380 | return false; |
5381 | if (found) | |
5382 | return true; | |
5383 | ||
5384 | if (symbols == NULL) | |
5385 | return false; | |
5386 | ||
5387 | if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, | |
4e8a9624 | 5388 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr)) |
d1fad7c6 NC |
5389 | return false; |
5390 | ||
252b5132 RH |
5391 | *line_ptr = 0; |
5392 | return true; | |
5393 | } | |
5394 | ||
5395 | int | |
5396 | _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (abfd, reloc) | |
5397 | bfd *abfd; | |
5398 | boolean reloc; | |
5399 | { | |
5400 | int ret; | |
5401 | ||
5402 | ret = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_ehdr; | |
5403 | if (! reloc) | |
5404 | ret += get_program_header_size (abfd); | |
5405 | return ret; | |
5406 | } | |
5407 | ||
5408 | boolean | |
5409 | _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset, count) | |
5410 | bfd *abfd; | |
5411 | sec_ptr section; | |
5412 | PTR location; | |
5413 | file_ptr offset; | |
5414 | bfd_size_type count; | |
5415 | { | |
5416 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; | |
dc810e39 | 5417 | bfd_signed_vma pos; |
252b5132 RH |
5418 | |
5419 | if (! abfd->output_has_begun | |
5420 | && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions | |
5421 | (abfd, (struct bfd_link_info *) NULL)) | |
5422 | return false; | |
5423 | ||
5424 | hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr; | |
dc810e39 AM |
5425 | pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset; |
5426 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0 | |
5427 | || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count) | |
252b5132 RH |
5428 | return false; |
5429 | ||
5430 | return true; | |
5431 | } | |
5432 | ||
5433 | void | |
5434 | _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (abfd, cache_ptr, dst) | |
7442e600 ILT |
5435 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
5436 | arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | |
5437 | Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | |
252b5132 RH |
5438 | { |
5439 | abort (); | |
5440 | } | |
5441 | ||
5442 | #if 0 | |
5443 | void | |
5444 | _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto_rel (abfd, cache_ptr, dst) | |
5445 | bfd *abfd; | |
5446 | arelent *cache_ptr; | |
5447 | Elf_Internal_Rel *dst; | |
5448 | { | |
5449 | abort (); | |
5450 | } | |
5451 | #endif | |
5452 | ||
5453 | /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */ | |
5454 | ||
5455 | boolean | |
5456 | _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (abfd, areloc) | |
5457 | bfd *abfd; | |
5458 | arelent *areloc; | |
5459 | { | |
c044fabd | 5460 | /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */ |
252b5132 RH |
5461 | |
5462 | if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec) | |
5463 | { | |
5464 | bfd_reloc_code_real_type code; | |
5465 | reloc_howto_type *howto; | |
5466 | ||
5467 | /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an | |
c044fabd | 5468 | equivalent ELF reloc. */ |
252b5132 RH |
5469 | |
5470 | if (areloc->howto->pc_relative) | |
5471 | { | |
5472 | switch (areloc->howto->bitsize) | |
5473 | { | |
5474 | case 8: | |
5475 | code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL; | |
5476 | break; | |
5477 | case 12: | |
5478 | code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL; | |
5479 | break; | |
5480 | case 16: | |
5481 | code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL; | |
5482 | break; | |
5483 | case 24: | |
5484 | code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL; | |
5485 | break; | |
5486 | case 32: | |
5487 | code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL; | |
5488 | break; | |
5489 | case 64: | |
5490 | code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL; | |
5491 | break; | |
5492 | default: | |
5493 | goto fail; | |
5494 | } | |
5495 | ||
5496 | howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code); | |
5497 | ||
5498 | if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset) | |
5499 | { | |
5500 | if (howto->pcrel_offset) | |
5501 | areloc->addend += areloc->address; | |
5502 | else | |
5503 | areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */ | |
5504 | } | |
5505 | } | |
5506 | else | |
5507 | { | |
5508 | switch (areloc->howto->bitsize) | |
5509 | { | |
5510 | case 8: | |
5511 | code = BFD_RELOC_8; | |
5512 | break; | |
5513 | case 14: | |
5514 | code = BFD_RELOC_14; | |
5515 | break; | |
5516 | case 16: | |
5517 | code = BFD_RELOC_16; | |
5518 | break; | |
5519 | case 26: | |
5520 | code = BFD_RELOC_26; | |
5521 | break; | |
5522 | case 32: | |
5523 | code = BFD_RELOC_32; | |
5524 | break; | |
5525 | case 64: | |
5526 | code = BFD_RELOC_64; | |
5527 | break; | |
5528 | default: | |
5529 | goto fail; | |
5530 | } | |
5531 | ||
5532 | howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code); | |
5533 | } | |
5534 | ||
5535 | if (howto) | |
5536 | areloc->howto = howto; | |
5537 | else | |
5538 | goto fail; | |
5539 | } | |
5540 | ||
5541 | return true; | |
5542 | ||
5543 | fail: | |
5544 | (*_bfd_error_handler) | |
5545 | (_("%s: unsupported relocation type %s"), | |
8f615d07 | 5546 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd), areloc->howto->name); |
252b5132 RH |
5547 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
5548 | return false; | |
5549 | } | |
5550 | ||
5551 | boolean | |
5552 | _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (abfd) | |
5553 | bfd *abfd; | |
5554 | { | |
5555 | if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object) | |
5556 | { | |
5557 | if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL) | |
5558 | _bfd_stringtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); | |
5559 | } | |
5560 | ||
5561 | return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd); | |
5562 | } | |
5563 | ||
5564 | /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY | |
5565 | in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity | |
5566 | range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing | |
5567 | this reloc. */ | |
5568 | ||
5569 | bfd_reloc_status_type | |
5570 | _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn (abfd, re, symbol, data, is, obfd, errmsg) | |
7442e600 ILT |
5571 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
5572 | arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | |
5573 | struct symbol_cache_entry *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | |
5574 | PTR data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | |
5575 | asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | |
5576 | bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | |
5577 | char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | |
252b5132 RH |
5578 | { |
5579 | return bfd_reloc_ok; | |
5580 | } | |
252b5132 RH |
5581 | \f |
5582 | /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native | |
5583 | toolchains, since we rely on knowing the | |
5584 | machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick | |
c044fabd | 5585 | out details about the corefile. */ |
252b5132 RH |
5586 | |
5587 | #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H | |
5588 | # include <sys/procfs.h> | |
5589 | #endif | |
5590 | ||
c044fabd | 5591 | /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */ |
252b5132 RH |
5592 | |
5593 | static int | |
5594 | elfcore_make_pid (abfd) | |
c044fabd | 5595 | bfd *abfd; |
252b5132 RH |
5596 | { |
5597 | return ((elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid << 16) | |
5598 | + (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid)); | |
5599 | } | |
5600 | ||
252b5132 RH |
5601 | /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using |
5602 | data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a | |
5603 | reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or | |
c044fabd | 5604 | overwrite it. */ |
252b5132 RH |
5605 | |
5606 | static boolean | |
5607 | elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect) | |
c044fabd KH |
5608 | bfd *abfd; |
5609 | char *name; | |
5610 | asection *sect; | |
252b5132 | 5611 | { |
c044fabd | 5612 | asection *sect2; |
252b5132 RH |
5613 | |
5614 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL) | |
5615 | return true; | |
5616 | ||
5617 | sect2 = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); | |
5618 | if (sect2 == NULL) | |
5619 | return false; | |
5620 | ||
5621 | sect2->_raw_size = sect->_raw_size; | |
5622 | sect2->filepos = sect->filepos; | |
5623 | sect2->flags = sect->flags; | |
5624 | sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power; | |
5625 | return true; | |
5626 | } | |
5627 | ||
bb0082d6 AM |
5628 | /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This |
5629 | actually creates up to two pseudosections: | |
5630 | - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless | |
5631 | such a section already exists. | |
5632 | - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where | |
5633 | PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd). | |
5634 | Both pseudosections have identical contents. */ | |
5635 | boolean | |
5636 | _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name, size, filepos) | |
5637 | bfd *abfd; | |
5638 | char *name; | |
dc810e39 AM |
5639 | size_t size; |
5640 | ufile_ptr filepos; | |
bb0082d6 AM |
5641 | { |
5642 | char buf[100]; | |
5643 | char *threaded_name; | |
5644 | asection *sect; | |
5645 | ||
5646 | /* Build the section name. */ | |
5647 | ||
5648 | sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); | |
dc810e39 | 5649 | threaded_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) strlen (buf) + 1); |
bb0082d6 AM |
5650 | if (threaded_name == NULL) |
5651 | return false; | |
5652 | strcpy (threaded_name, buf); | |
5653 | ||
5654 | sect = bfd_make_section (abfd, threaded_name); | |
5655 | if (sect == NULL) | |
5656 | return false; | |
5657 | sect->_raw_size = size; | |
5658 | sect->filepos = filepos; | |
5659 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; | |
5660 | sect->alignment_power = 2; | |
5661 | ||
936e320b | 5662 | return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect); |
bb0082d6 AM |
5663 | } |
5664 | ||
252b5132 | 5665 | /* prstatus_t exists on: |
4a938328 | 5666 | solaris 2.5+ |
252b5132 RH |
5667 | linux 2.[01] + glibc |
5668 | unixware 4.2 | |
5669 | */ | |
5670 | ||
5671 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) | |
a7b97311 AM |
5672 | static boolean elfcore_grok_prstatus PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *)); |
5673 | ||
252b5132 RH |
5674 | static boolean |
5675 | elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note) | |
c044fabd KH |
5676 | bfd *abfd; |
5677 | Elf_Internal_Note *note; | |
252b5132 | 5678 | { |
dc810e39 | 5679 | size_t raw_size; |
7ee38065 | 5680 | int offset; |
252b5132 | 5681 | |
4a938328 MS |
5682 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t)) |
5683 | { | |
5684 | prstatus_t prstat; | |
252b5132 | 5685 | |
e0ebfc61 | 5686 | raw_size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg); |
7ee38065 | 5687 | offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg); |
4a938328 | 5688 | memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat)); |
252b5132 | 5689 | |
4a938328 MS |
5690 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig; |
5691 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid; | |
252b5132 | 5692 | |
4a938328 MS |
5693 | /* pr_who exists on: |
5694 | solaris 2.5+ | |
5695 | unixware 4.2 | |
5696 | pr_who doesn't exist on: | |
5697 | linux 2.[01] | |
5698 | */ | |
252b5132 | 5699 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO) |
4a938328 | 5700 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who; |
252b5132 | 5701 | #endif |
4a938328 | 5702 | } |
7ee38065 | 5703 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T) |
4a938328 MS |
5704 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t)) |
5705 | { | |
5706 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ | |
5707 | prstatus32_t prstat; | |
5708 | ||
e0ebfc61 | 5709 | raw_size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg); |
7ee38065 | 5710 | offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg); |
4a938328 MS |
5711 | memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat)); |
5712 | ||
5713 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig; | |
5714 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid; | |
5715 | ||
5716 | /* pr_who exists on: | |
5717 | solaris 2.5+ | |
5718 | unixware 4.2 | |
5719 | pr_who doesn't exist on: | |
5720 | linux 2.[01] | |
5721 | */ | |
7ee38065 | 5722 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO) |
4a938328 MS |
5723 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who; |
5724 | #endif | |
5725 | } | |
7ee38065 | 5726 | #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */ |
4a938328 MS |
5727 | else |
5728 | { | |
5729 | /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other | |
5730 | note size (ie. data object type). */ | |
5731 | return true; | |
5732 | } | |
252b5132 | 5733 | |
bb0082d6 | 5734 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */ |
936e320b AM |
5735 | return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", |
5736 | raw_size, note->descpos + offset); | |
252b5132 RH |
5737 | } |
5738 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */ | |
5739 | ||
bb0082d6 | 5740 | /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */ |
252b5132 | 5741 | static boolean |
ff08c6bb | 5742 | elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, name, note) |
c044fabd | 5743 | bfd *abfd; |
ff08c6bb | 5744 | char *name; |
c044fabd | 5745 | Elf_Internal_Note *note; |
252b5132 | 5746 | { |
936e320b AM |
5747 | return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name, |
5748 | note->descsz, note->descpos); | |
252b5132 RH |
5749 | } |
5750 | ||
ff08c6bb JB |
5751 | /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms, |
5752 | but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this | |
c044fabd KH |
5753 | data structure apart. */ |
5754 | ||
ff08c6bb JB |
5755 | static boolean |
5756 | elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note) | |
c044fabd KH |
5757 | bfd *abfd; |
5758 | Elf_Internal_Note *note; | |
ff08c6bb JB |
5759 | { |
5760 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); | |
5761 | } | |
5762 | ||
ff08c6bb JB |
5763 | /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note |
5764 | type of 5 (NT_PRXFPREG). Just include the whole note's contents | |
5765 | literally. */ | |
c044fabd | 5766 | |
ff08c6bb JB |
5767 | static boolean |
5768 | elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note) | |
c044fabd KH |
5769 | bfd *abfd; |
5770 | Elf_Internal_Note *note; | |
ff08c6bb JB |
5771 | { |
5772 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note); | |
5773 | } | |
5774 | ||
252b5132 | 5775 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) |
4a938328 | 5776 | typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t; |
7ee38065 | 5777 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */ |
4a938328 MS |
5778 | typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t; |
5779 | #endif | |
252b5132 RH |
5780 | #endif |
5781 | ||
5782 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) | |
4a938328 | 5783 | typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t; |
7ee38065 | 5784 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */ |
4a938328 MS |
5785 | typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t; |
5786 | #endif | |
252b5132 RH |
5787 | #endif |
5788 | ||
252b5132 RH |
5789 | /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at |
5790 | most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'. | |
c044fabd | 5791 | the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */ |
252b5132 | 5792 | |
936e320b | 5793 | char * |
bb0082d6 | 5794 | _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, start, max) |
c044fabd KH |
5795 | bfd *abfd; |
5796 | char *start; | |
dc810e39 | 5797 | size_t max; |
252b5132 | 5798 | { |
dc810e39 | 5799 | char *dups; |
c044fabd | 5800 | char *end = memchr (start, '\0', max); |
dc810e39 | 5801 | size_t len; |
252b5132 RH |
5802 | |
5803 | if (end == NULL) | |
5804 | len = max; | |
5805 | else | |
5806 | len = end - start; | |
5807 | ||
dc810e39 AM |
5808 | dups = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) len + 1); |
5809 | if (dups == NULL) | |
252b5132 RH |
5810 | return NULL; |
5811 | ||
dc810e39 AM |
5812 | memcpy (dups, start, len); |
5813 | dups[len] = '\0'; | |
252b5132 | 5814 | |
dc810e39 | 5815 | return dups; |
252b5132 RH |
5816 | } |
5817 | ||
bb0082d6 | 5818 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) |
a7b97311 | 5819 | static boolean elfcore_grok_psinfo PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *)); |
bb0082d6 | 5820 | |
252b5132 RH |
5821 | static boolean |
5822 | elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note) | |
c044fabd KH |
5823 | bfd *abfd; |
5824 | Elf_Internal_Note *note; | |
252b5132 | 5825 | { |
4a938328 MS |
5826 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t)) |
5827 | { | |
5828 | elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo; | |
252b5132 | 5829 | |
7ee38065 | 5830 | memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo)); |
252b5132 | 5831 | |
4a938328 | 5832 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program |
936e320b AM |
5833 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname, |
5834 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname)); | |
252b5132 | 5835 | |
4a938328 | 5836 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command |
936e320b AM |
5837 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs, |
5838 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs)); | |
4a938328 | 5839 | } |
7ee38065 | 5840 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) |
4a938328 MS |
5841 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t)) |
5842 | { | |
5843 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ | |
5844 | elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo; | |
5845 | ||
7ee38065 | 5846 | memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo)); |
252b5132 | 5847 | |
4a938328 | 5848 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program |
936e320b AM |
5849 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname, |
5850 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname)); | |
4a938328 MS |
5851 | |
5852 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command | |
936e320b AM |
5853 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs, |
5854 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs)); | |
4a938328 MS |
5855 | } |
5856 | #endif | |
5857 | ||
5858 | else | |
5859 | { | |
5860 | /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other | |
5861 | note size (ie. data object type). */ | |
5862 | return true; | |
5863 | } | |
252b5132 RH |
5864 | |
5865 | /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked | |
5866 | onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway) | |
c044fabd | 5867 | implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */ |
252b5132 RH |
5868 | |
5869 | { | |
c044fabd | 5870 | char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command; |
252b5132 RH |
5871 | int n = strlen (command); |
5872 | ||
5873 | if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ') | |
5874 | command[n - 1] = '\0'; | |
5875 | } | |
5876 | ||
5877 | return true; | |
5878 | } | |
5879 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */ | |
5880 | ||
252b5132 RH |
5881 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) |
5882 | static boolean | |
5883 | elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note) | |
c044fabd KH |
5884 | bfd *abfd; |
5885 | Elf_Internal_Note *note; | |
252b5132 | 5886 | { |
f572a39d AM |
5887 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t) |
5888 | #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T) | |
5889 | || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t) | |
5890 | #endif | |
5891 | ) | |
4a938328 MS |
5892 | { |
5893 | pstatus_t pstat; | |
252b5132 | 5894 | |
4a938328 | 5895 | memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat)); |
252b5132 | 5896 | |
4a938328 MS |
5897 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid; |
5898 | } | |
7ee38065 | 5899 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T) |
4a938328 MS |
5900 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t)) |
5901 | { | |
5902 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ | |
5903 | pstatus32_t pstat; | |
252b5132 | 5904 | |
4a938328 | 5905 | memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat)); |
252b5132 | 5906 | |
4a938328 MS |
5907 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid; |
5908 | } | |
5909 | #endif | |
252b5132 RH |
5910 | /* Could grab some more details from the "representative" |
5911 | lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an | |
c044fabd | 5912 | NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */ |
252b5132 RH |
5913 | |
5914 | return true; | |
5915 | } | |
5916 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */ | |
5917 | ||
252b5132 RH |
5918 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) |
5919 | static boolean | |
5920 | elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note) | |
c044fabd KH |
5921 | bfd *abfd; |
5922 | Elf_Internal_Note *note; | |
252b5132 RH |
5923 | { |
5924 | lwpstatus_t lwpstat; | |
5925 | char buf[100]; | |
c044fabd KH |
5926 | char *name; |
5927 | asection *sect; | |
252b5132 | 5928 | |
f572a39d AM |
5929 | if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat) |
5930 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T) | |
5931 | && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t) | |
5932 | #endif | |
5933 | ) | |
252b5132 RH |
5934 | return true; |
5935 | ||
5936 | memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat)); | |
5937 | ||
5938 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid; | |
5939 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig; | |
5940 | ||
c044fabd | 5941 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ |
252b5132 RH |
5942 | |
5943 | sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); | |
dc810e39 | 5944 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) strlen (buf) + 1); |
252b5132 RH |
5945 | if (name == NULL) |
5946 | return false; | |
5947 | strcpy (name, buf); | |
5948 | ||
5949 | sect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); | |
5950 | if (sect == NULL) | |
5951 | return false; | |
5952 | ||
5953 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) | |
5954 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs); | |
5955 | sect->filepos = note->descpos | |
5956 | + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs); | |
5957 | #endif | |
5958 | ||
5959 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG) | |
5960 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg); | |
5961 | sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg); | |
5962 | #endif | |
5963 | ||
5964 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; | |
5965 | sect->alignment_power = 2; | |
5966 | ||
5967 | if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect)) | |
5968 | return false; | |
5969 | ||
5970 | /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */ | |
5971 | ||
5972 | sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); | |
dc810e39 | 5973 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) strlen (buf) + 1); |
252b5132 RH |
5974 | if (name == NULL) |
5975 | return false; | |
5976 | strcpy (name, buf); | |
5977 | ||
5978 | sect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); | |
5979 | if (sect == NULL) | |
5980 | return false; | |
5981 | ||
5982 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) | |
5983 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs); | |
5984 | sect->filepos = note->descpos | |
5985 | + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs); | |
5986 | #endif | |
5987 | ||
5988 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG) | |
5989 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg); | |
5990 | sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg); | |
5991 | #endif | |
5992 | ||
5993 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; | |
5994 | sect->alignment_power = 2; | |
5995 | ||
936e320b | 5996 | return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect); |
252b5132 RH |
5997 | } |
5998 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */ | |
5999 | ||
16e9c715 NC |
6000 | #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T) |
6001 | static boolean | |
6002 | elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note) | |
c044fabd KH |
6003 | bfd *abfd; |
6004 | Elf_Internal_Note *note; | |
16e9c715 NC |
6005 | { |
6006 | char buf[30]; | |
c044fabd KH |
6007 | char *name; |
6008 | asection *sect; | |
16e9c715 NC |
6009 | win32_pstatus_t pstatus; |
6010 | ||
6011 | if (note->descsz < sizeof (pstatus)) | |
6012 | return true; | |
6013 | ||
c044fabd KH |
6014 | memcpy (&pstatus, note->descdata, note->descsz); |
6015 | ||
6016 | switch (pstatus.data_type) | |
16e9c715 NC |
6017 | { |
6018 | case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS: | |
6019 | /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */ | |
6020 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = pstatus.data.process_info.signal; | |
6021 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstatus.data.process_info.pid; | |
c044fabd | 6022 | break; |
16e9c715 NC |
6023 | |
6024 | case NOTE_INFO_THREAD: | |
6025 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ | |
6026 | sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", pstatus.data.thread_info.tid); | |
c044fabd | 6027 | |
dc810e39 | 6028 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) strlen (buf) + 1); |
16e9c715 | 6029 | if (name == NULL) |
c044fabd KH |
6030 | return false; |
6031 | ||
16e9c715 NC |
6032 | strcpy (name, buf); |
6033 | ||
6034 | sect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); | |
6035 | if (sect == NULL) | |
c044fabd KH |
6036 | return false; |
6037 | ||
16e9c715 NC |
6038 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (pstatus.data.thread_info.thread_context); |
6039 | sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (struct win32_pstatus, | |
6040 | data.thread_info.thread_context); | |
6041 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; | |
6042 | sect->alignment_power = 2; | |
6043 | ||
6044 | if (pstatus.data.thread_info.is_active_thread) | |
6045 | if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect)) | |
6046 | return false; | |
6047 | break; | |
6048 | ||
6049 | case NOTE_INFO_MODULE: | |
6050 | /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */ | |
c044fabd KH |
6051 | sprintf (buf, ".module/%08x", pstatus.data.module_info.base_address); |
6052 | ||
dc810e39 | 6053 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) strlen (buf) + 1); |
16e9c715 NC |
6054 | if (name == NULL) |
6055 | return false; | |
c044fabd | 6056 | |
16e9c715 | 6057 | strcpy (name, buf); |
252b5132 | 6058 | |
16e9c715 | 6059 | sect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); |
c044fabd | 6060 | |
16e9c715 NC |
6061 | if (sect == NULL) |
6062 | return false; | |
c044fabd | 6063 | |
16e9c715 NC |
6064 | sect->_raw_size = note->descsz; |
6065 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; | |
6066 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; | |
6067 | sect->alignment_power = 2; | |
6068 | break; | |
6069 | ||
6070 | default: | |
6071 | return true; | |
6072 | } | |
6073 | ||
6074 | return true; | |
6075 | } | |
6076 | #endif /* HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T */ | |
252b5132 RH |
6077 | |
6078 | static boolean | |
6079 | elfcore_grok_note (abfd, note) | |
c044fabd KH |
6080 | bfd *abfd; |
6081 | Elf_Internal_Note *note; | |
252b5132 | 6082 | { |
bb0082d6 AM |
6083 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
6084 | ||
252b5132 RH |
6085 | switch (note->type) |
6086 | { | |
6087 | default: | |
6088 | return true; | |
6089 | ||
252b5132 | 6090 | case NT_PRSTATUS: |
bb0082d6 AM |
6091 | if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) |
6092 | if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note)) | |
6093 | return true; | |
6094 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) | |
252b5132 | 6095 | return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note); |
bb0082d6 AM |
6096 | #else |
6097 | return true; | |
252b5132 RH |
6098 | #endif |
6099 | ||
6100 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) | |
6101 | case NT_PSTATUS: | |
6102 | return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note); | |
6103 | #endif | |
6104 | ||
6105 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) | |
6106 | case NT_LWPSTATUS: | |
6107 | return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note); | |
6108 | #endif | |
6109 | ||
6110 | case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */ | |
6111 | return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note); | |
6112 | ||
16e9c715 | 6113 | #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T) |
c044fabd | 6114 | case NT_WIN32PSTATUS: |
16e9c715 NC |
6115 | return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note); |
6116 | #endif | |
6117 | ||
c044fabd | 6118 | case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */ |
ff08c6bb JB |
6119 | if (note->namesz == 5 |
6120 | && ! strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX")) | |
6121 | return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note); | |
6122 | else | |
6123 | return true; | |
6124 | ||
252b5132 RH |
6125 | case NT_PRPSINFO: |
6126 | case NT_PSINFO: | |
bb0082d6 AM |
6127 | if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) |
6128 | if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note)) | |
6129 | return true; | |
6130 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) | |
252b5132 | 6131 | return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note); |
bb0082d6 AM |
6132 | #else |
6133 | return true; | |
252b5132 RH |
6134 | #endif |
6135 | } | |
6136 | } | |
6137 | ||
252b5132 RH |
6138 | static boolean |
6139 | elfcore_read_notes (abfd, offset, size) | |
c044fabd | 6140 | bfd *abfd; |
dc810e39 AM |
6141 | file_ptr offset; |
6142 | bfd_size_type size; | |
252b5132 | 6143 | { |
c044fabd KH |
6144 | char *buf; |
6145 | char *p; | |
252b5132 RH |
6146 | |
6147 | if (size <= 0) | |
6148 | return true; | |
6149 | ||
dc810e39 | 6150 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0) |
252b5132 RH |
6151 | return false; |
6152 | ||
dc810e39 | 6153 | buf = bfd_malloc (size); |
252b5132 RH |
6154 | if (buf == NULL) |
6155 | return false; | |
6156 | ||
dc810e39 | 6157 | if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size) |
252b5132 RH |
6158 | { |
6159 | error: | |
6160 | free (buf); | |
6161 | return false; | |
6162 | } | |
6163 | ||
6164 | p = buf; | |
6165 | while (p < buf + size) | |
6166 | { | |
c044fabd KH |
6167 | /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */ |
6168 | Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p; | |
252b5132 RH |
6169 | Elf_Internal_Note in; |
6170 | ||
dc810e39 | 6171 | in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type); |
252b5132 | 6172 | |
dc810e39 | 6173 | in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz); |
252b5132 RH |
6174 | in.namedata = xnp->name; |
6175 | ||
dc810e39 | 6176 | in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz); |
252b5132 RH |
6177 | in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4); |
6178 | in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf); | |
6179 | ||
6180 | if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in)) | |
6181 | goto error; | |
6182 | ||
6183 | p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4); | |
6184 | } | |
6185 | ||
6186 | free (buf); | |
6187 | return true; | |
6188 | } | |
98d8431c JB |
6189 | \f |
6190 | /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */ | |
6191 | ||
6192 | /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a | |
6193 | copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error | |
6194 | occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */ | |
c044fabd | 6195 | |
98d8431c JB |
6196 | long |
6197 | bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (abfd) | |
6198 | bfd *abfd; | |
6199 | { | |
6200 | if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) | |
6201 | { | |
6202 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); | |
6203 | return -1; | |
6204 | } | |
6205 | ||
936e320b | 6206 | return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr); |
98d8431c JB |
6207 | } |
6208 | ||
98d8431c JB |
6209 | /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries |
6210 | will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as | |
6211 | defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the | |
6212 | buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound. | |
6213 | ||
6214 | Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an | |
6215 | error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */ | |
c044fabd | 6216 | |
98d8431c JB |
6217 | int |
6218 | bfd_get_elf_phdrs (abfd, phdrs) | |
6219 | bfd *abfd; | |
6220 | void *phdrs; | |
6221 | { | |
6222 | int num_phdrs; | |
6223 | ||
6224 | if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) | |
6225 | { | |
6226 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); | |
6227 | return -1; | |
6228 | } | |
6229 | ||
6230 | num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; | |
c044fabd | 6231 | memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr, |
98d8431c JB |
6232 | num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr)); |
6233 | ||
6234 | return num_phdrs; | |
6235 | } | |
ae4221d7 L |
6236 | |
6237 | void | |
4e771d61 | 6238 | _bfd_elf_sprintf_vma (abfd, buf, value) |
cc55aec9 | 6239 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
ae4221d7 L |
6240 | char *buf; |
6241 | bfd_vma value; | |
6242 | { | |
d3b05f8d | 6243 | #ifdef BFD64 |
ae4221d7 L |
6244 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */ |
6245 | ||
6246 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); | |
6247 | if (i_ehdrp == NULL) | |
6248 | sprintf_vma (buf, value); | |
6249 | else | |
6250 | { | |
6251 | if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64) | |
cc55aec9 | 6252 | { |
ae4221d7 | 6253 | #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG |
cc55aec9 | 6254 | sprintf (buf, "%016lx", value); |
ae4221d7 | 6255 | #else |
cc55aec9 AM |
6256 | sprintf (buf, "%08lx%08lx", _bfd_int64_high (value), |
6257 | _bfd_int64_low (value)); | |
ae4221d7 | 6258 | #endif |
cc55aec9 | 6259 | } |
ae4221d7 L |
6260 | else |
6261 | sprintf (buf, "%08lx", (unsigned long) (value & 0xffffffff)); | |
6262 | } | |
d3b05f8d L |
6263 | #else |
6264 | sprintf_vma (buf, value); | |
6265 | #endif | |
ae4221d7 L |
6266 | } |
6267 | ||
6268 | void | |
4e771d61 | 6269 | _bfd_elf_fprintf_vma (abfd, stream, value) |
cc55aec9 | 6270 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
ae4221d7 L |
6271 | PTR stream; |
6272 | bfd_vma value; | |
6273 | { | |
d3b05f8d | 6274 | #ifdef BFD64 |
ae4221d7 L |
6275 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */ |
6276 | ||
6277 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); | |
6278 | if (i_ehdrp == NULL) | |
6279 | fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream, value); | |
6280 | else | |
6281 | { | |
6282 | if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64) | |
cc55aec9 | 6283 | { |
ae4221d7 | 6284 | #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG |
cc55aec9 | 6285 | fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%016lx", value); |
ae4221d7 | 6286 | #else |
cc55aec9 AM |
6287 | fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%08lx%08lx", |
6288 | _bfd_int64_high (value), _bfd_int64_low (value)); | |
ae4221d7 | 6289 | #endif |
cc55aec9 | 6290 | } |
ae4221d7 L |
6291 | else |
6292 | fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%08lx", | |
6293 | (unsigned long) (value & 0xffffffff)); | |
6294 | } | |
d3b05f8d L |
6295 | #else |
6296 | fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream, value); | |
6297 | #endif | |
ae4221d7 | 6298 | } |
db6751f2 JJ |
6299 | |
6300 | enum elf_reloc_type_class | |
f51e552e AM |
6301 | _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (rela) |
6302 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | |
db6751f2 JJ |
6303 | { |
6304 | return reloc_class_normal; | |
6305 | } |